LCOV - differential code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/utils/misc - guc.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit UNC LBC UIC UBC GBC GIC GNC CBC EUB ECB DUB DCB
Current: Differential Code Coverage HEAD vs 15 Lines: 80.9 % 2382 1928 80 30 337 7 20 1385 377 146 43 290 384 1462
Current Date: 2023-04-08 15:15:32 Functions: 96.8 % 94 91 3 76 15 1 25 2 66
Baseline: 15
Baseline Date: 2023-04-08 15:09:40
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

           TLA  Line data    Source code
       1                 : /*--------------------------------------------------------------------
       2                 :  * guc.c
       3                 :  *
       4                 :  * Support for grand unified configuration scheme, including SET
       5                 :  * command, configuration file, and command line options.
       6                 :  *
       7                 :  * This file contains the generic option processing infrastructure.
       8                 :  * guc_funcs.c contains SQL-level functionality, including SET/SHOW
       9                 :  * commands and various system-administration SQL functions.
      10                 :  * guc_tables.c contains the arrays that define all the built-in
      11                 :  * GUC variables.  Code that implements variable-specific behavior
      12                 :  * is scattered around the system in check, assign, and show hooks.
      13                 :  *
      14                 :  * See src/backend/utils/misc/README for more information.
      15                 :  *
      16                 :  *
      17                 :  * Copyright (c) 2000-2023, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
      18                 :  * Written by Peter Eisentraut <peter_e@gmx.net>.
      19                 :  *
      20                 :  * IDENTIFICATION
      21                 :  *    src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c
      22                 :  *
      23                 :  *--------------------------------------------------------------------
      24                 :  */
      25                 : #include "postgres.h"
      26                 : 
      27                 : #include <limits.h>
      28                 : #include <sys/stat.h>
      29                 : #include <unistd.h>
      30                 : 
      31                 : #include "access/xact.h"
      32                 : #include "access/xlog.h"
      33                 : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      34                 : #include "catalog/pg_authid.h"
      35                 : #include "catalog/pg_parameter_acl.h"
      36                 : #include "guc_internal.h"
      37                 : #include "libpq/pqformat.h"
      38                 : #include "parser/scansup.h"
      39                 : #include "port/pg_bitutils.h"
      40                 : #include "storage/fd.h"
      41                 : #include "storage/lwlock.h"
      42                 : #include "storage/shmem.h"
      43                 : #include "tcop/tcopprot.h"
      44                 : #include "utils/acl.h"
      45                 : #include "utils/backend_status.h"
      46                 : #include "utils/builtins.h"
      47                 : #include "utils/conffiles.h"
      48                 : #include "utils/float.h"
      49                 : #include "utils/guc_tables.h"
      50                 : #include "utils/memutils.h"
      51                 : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
      52                 : 
      53                 : 
      54                 : #define CONFIG_FILENAME "postgresql.conf"
      55                 : #define HBA_FILENAME    "pg_hba.conf"
      56                 : #define IDENT_FILENAME  "pg_ident.conf"
      57                 : 
      58                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
      59                 : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS "global/config_exec_params"
      60                 : #define CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW "global/config_exec_params.new"
      61                 : #endif
      62                 : 
      63                 : /*
      64                 :  * Precision with which REAL type guc values are to be printed for GUC
      65                 :  * serialization.
      66                 :  */
      67                 : #define REALTYPE_PRECISION 17
      68                 : 
      69                 : static int  GUC_check_errcode_value;
      70                 : 
      71                 : static List *reserved_class_prefix = NIL;
      72                 : 
      73                 : /* global variables for check hook support */
      74                 : char       *GUC_check_errmsg_string;
      75                 : char       *GUC_check_errdetail_string;
      76                 : char       *GUC_check_errhint_string;
      77                 : 
      78                 : /* Kluge: for speed, we examine this GUC variable's value directly */
      79                 : extern bool in_hot_standby_guc;
      80                 : 
      81                 : 
      82                 : /*
      83 ECB             :  * Unit conversion tables.
      84                 :  *
      85                 :  * There are two tables, one for memory units, and another for time units.
      86                 :  * For each supported conversion from one unit to another, we have an entry
      87                 :  * in the table.
      88                 :  *
      89                 :  * To keep things simple, and to avoid possible roundoff error,
      90                 :  * conversions are never chained.  There needs to be a direct conversion
      91                 :  * between all units (of the same type).
      92                 :  *
      93                 :  * The conversions for each base unit must be kept in order from greatest to
      94                 :  * smallest human-friendly unit; convert_xxx_from_base_unit() rely on that.
      95                 :  * (The order of the base-unit groups does not matter.)
      96                 :  */
      97                 : #define MAX_UNIT_LEN        3   /* length of longest recognized unit string */
      98                 : 
      99                 : typedef struct
     100                 : {
     101                 :     char        unit[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1]; /* unit, as a string, like "kB" or
     102                 :                                          * "min" */
     103                 :     int         base_unit;      /* GUC_UNIT_XXX */
     104                 :     double      multiplier;     /* Factor for converting unit -> base_unit */
     105                 : } unit_conversion;
     106                 : 
     107                 : /* Ensure that the constants in the tables don't overflow or underflow */
     108                 : #if BLCKSZ < 1024 || BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     109                 : #error BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     110                 : #endif
     111                 : #if XLOG_BLCKSZ < 1024 || XLOG_BLCKSZ > (1024*1024)
     112                 : #error XLOG_BLCKSZ must be between 1KB and 1MB
     113                 : #endif
     114                 : 
     115                 : static const char *memory_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"B\", \"kB\", \"MB\", \"GB\", and \"TB\".");
     116                 : 
     117                 : static const unit_conversion memory_unit_conversion_table[] =
     118                 : {
     119                 :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     120                 :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     121                 :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     122                 :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1024.0},
     123                 :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BYTE, 1.0},
     124                 : 
     125                 :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     126                 :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     127                 :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024.0},
     128                 :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0},
     129                 :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_KB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     130                 : 
     131                 :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0 * 1024.0},
     132                 :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1024.0},
     133                 :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0},
     134                 :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / 1024.0},
     135                 :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_MB, 1.0 / (1024.0 * 1024.0)},
     136                 : 
     137                 :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     138                 :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     139                 :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1024.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     140                 :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / (BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     141                 :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS, 1.0 / BLCKSZ},
     142                 : 
     143                 :     {"TB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     144                 :     {"GB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, (1024.0 * 1024.0) / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     145                 :     {"MB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1024.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     146                 :     {"kB", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / (XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024)},
     147                 :     {"B", GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS, 1.0 / XLOG_BLCKSZ},
     148                 : 
     149                 :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     150                 : };
     151                 : 
     152                 : static const char *time_units_hint = gettext_noop("Valid units for this parameter are \"us\", \"ms\", \"s\", \"min\", \"h\", and \"d\".");
     153                 : 
     154                 : static const unit_conversion time_unit_conversion_table[] =
     155                 : {
     156                 :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60 * 24},
     157                 :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60 * 60},
     158                 :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000 * 60},
     159                 :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1000},
     160                 :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1},
     161                 :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MS, 1.0 / 1000},
     162                 : 
     163                 :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60 * 24},
     164                 :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_S, 60 * 60},
     165                 :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_S, 60},
     166                 :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_S, 1},
     167                 :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / 1000},
     168                 :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_S, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000)},
     169                 : 
     170                 :     {"d", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60 * 24},
     171                 :     {"h", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 60},
     172                 :     {"min", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1},
     173                 :     {"s", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / 60},
     174                 :     {"ms", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 60)},
     175                 :     {"us", GUC_UNIT_MIN, 1.0 / (1000 * 1000 * 60)},
     176                 : 
     177                 :     {""}                      /* end of table marker */
     178                 : };
     179                 : 
     180                 : /*
     181                 :  * To allow continued support of obsolete names for GUC variables, we apply
     182                 :  * the following mappings to any unrecognized name.  Note that an old name
     183                 :  * should be mapped to a new one only if the new variable has very similar
     184                 :  * semantics to the old.
     185                 :  */
     186                 : static const char *const map_old_guc_names[] = {
     187                 :     "sort_mem", "work_mem",
     188                 :     "vacuum_mem", "maintenance_work_mem",
     189                 :     "force_parallel_mode", "debug_parallel_query",
     190                 :     NULL
     191                 : };
     192                 : 
     193                 : 
     194                 : /* Memory context holding all GUC-related data */
     195                 : static MemoryContext GUCMemoryContext;
     196                 : 
     197                 : /*
     198                 :  * We use a dynahash table to look up GUCs by name, or to iterate through
     199                 :  * all the GUCs.  The gucname field is redundant with gucvar->name, but
     200                 :  * dynahash makes it too painful to not store the hash key separately.
     201                 :  */
     202                 : typedef struct
     203                 : {
     204                 :     const char *gucname;        /* hash key */
     205                 :     struct config_generic *gucvar;  /* -> GUC's defining structure */
     206                 : } GUCHashEntry;
     207                 : 
     208                 : static HTAB *guc_hashtab;       /* entries are GUCHashEntrys */
     209                 : 
     210                 : /*
     211                 :  * In addition to the hash table, variables having certain properties are
     212                 :  * linked into these lists, so that we can find them without scanning the
     213                 :  * whole hash table.  In most applications, only a small fraction of the
     214                 :  * GUCs appear in these lists at any given time.  The usage of the stack
     215                 :  * and report lists is stylized enough that they can be slists, but the
     216                 :  * nondef list has to be a dlist to avoid O(N) deletes in common cases.
     217                 :  */
     218                 : static dlist_head guc_nondef_list;  /* list of variables that have source
     219                 :                                      * different from PGC_S_DEFAULT */
     220                 : static slist_head guc_stack_list;   /* list of variables that have non-NULL
     221                 :                                      * stack */
     222                 : static slist_head guc_report_list;  /* list of variables that have the
     223                 :                                      * GUC_NEEDS_REPORT bit set in status */
     224                 : 
     225                 : static bool reporting_enabled;  /* true to enable GUC_REPORT */
     226                 : 
     227                 : static int  GUCNestLevel = 0;   /* 1 when in main transaction */
     228                 : 
     229                 : static int  guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b);
     230                 : static uint32 guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize);
     231                 : static int  guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize);
     232                 : static void InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void);
     233                 : static void InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf);
     234                 : static void RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf);
     235                 : static void set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource);
     236                 : static void pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void);
     237                 : static void push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action);
     238                 : static void ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record);
     239                 : static void set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile,
     240                 :                                   int sourceline);
     241                 : static void reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
     242                 :                                    struct config_string *pHolder,
     243                 :                                    GucStack *stack,
     244                 :                                    const char *curvalue,
     245                 :                                    GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
     246                 :                                    Oid cursrole);
     247                 : static bool validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value,
     248                 :                                        bool user_set, bool skipIfNoPermissions);
     249                 : static void write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head);
     250                 : static void replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
     251                 :                                       const char *name, const char *value);
     252                 : static bool valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name);
     253                 : static void do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
     254                 :                          const char *fmt,...) pg_attribute_printf(3, 4);
     255                 : static bool call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool *conf, bool *newval,
     256                 :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     257                 : static bool call_int_check_hook(struct config_int *conf, int *newval,
     258                 :                                 void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     259                 : static bool call_real_check_hook(struct config_real *conf, double *newval,
     260                 :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     261                 : static bool call_string_check_hook(struct config_string *conf, char **newval,
     262                 :                                    void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     263                 : static bool call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum *conf, int *newval,
     264                 :                                  void **extra, GucSource source, int elevel);
     265                 : 
     266                 : 
     267                 : /*
     268                 :  * This function handles both actual config file (re)loads and execution of
     269                 :  * show_all_file_settings() (i.e., the pg_file_settings view).  In the latter
     270                 :  * case we don't apply any of the settings, but we make all the usual validity
     271                 :  * checks, and we return the ConfigVariable list so that it can be printed out
     272                 :  * by show_all_file_settings().
     273                 :  */
     274                 : ConfigVariable *
     275 GNC        4007 : ProcessConfigFileInternal(GucContext context, bool applySettings, int elevel)
     276                 : {
     277            4007 :     bool        error = false;
     278            4007 :     bool        applying = false;
     279                 :     const char *ConfFileWithError;
     280                 :     ConfigVariable *item,
     281                 :                *head,
     282                 :                *tail;
     283                 :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     284                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     285                 : 
     286                 :     /* Parse the main config file into a list of option names and values */
     287            4007 :     ConfFileWithError = ConfigFileName;
     288            4007 :     head = tail = NULL;
     289                 : 
     290            4007 :     if (!ParseConfigFile(ConfigFileName, true,
     291                 :                          NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     292                 :                          &head, &tail))
     293                 :     {
     294                 :         /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     295 UNC           0 :         error = true;
     296               0 :         goto bail_out;
     297                 :     }
     298                 : 
     299                 :     /*
     300                 :      * Parse the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, if present, after the main file to
     301                 :      * replace any parameters set by ALTER SYSTEM command.  Because this file
     302                 :      * is in the data directory, we can't read it until the DataDir has been
     303                 :      * set.
     304                 :      */
     305 GNC        4007 :     if (DataDir)
     306                 :     {
     307            2174 :         if (!ParseConfigFile(PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME, false,
     308                 :                              NULL, 0, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH, elevel,
     309                 :                              &head, &tail))
     310                 :         {
     311                 :             /* Syntax error(s) detected in the file, so bail out */
     312 UNC           0 :             error = true;
     313               0 :             ConfFileWithError = PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME;
     314               0 :             goto bail_out;
     315                 :         }
     316                 :     }
     317                 :     else
     318                 :     {
     319                 :         /*
     320                 :          * If DataDir is not set, the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file cannot be
     321                 :          * read.  In this case, we don't want to accept any settings but
     322                 :          * data_directory from postgresql.conf, because they might be
     323                 :          * overwritten with settings in the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file which
     324                 :          * will be read later. OTOH, since data_directory isn't allowed in the
     325                 :          * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, it will never be overwritten later.
     326                 :          */
     327 GNC        1833 :         ConfigVariable *newlist = NULL;
     328                 : 
     329                 :         /*
     330                 :          * Prune all items except the last "data_directory" from the list.
     331                 :          */
     332           26217 :         for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     333                 :         {
     334           24384 :             if (!item->ignore &&
     335           24384 :                 strcmp(item->name, "data_directory") == 0)
     336 UNC           0 :                 newlist = item;
     337                 :         }
     338                 : 
     339 GNC        1833 :         if (newlist)
     340 UNC           0 :             newlist->next = NULL;
     341 GNC        1833 :         head = tail = newlist;
     342                 : 
     343                 :         /*
     344                 :          * Quick exit if data_directory is not present in file.
     345                 :          *
     346                 :          * We need not do any further processing, in particular we don't set
     347                 :          * PgReloadTime; that will be set soon by subsequent full loading of
     348                 :          * the config file.
     349                 :          */
     350            1833 :         if (head == NULL)
     351            1833 :             goto bail_out;
     352                 :     }
     353                 : 
     354                 :     /*
     355                 :      * Mark all extant GUC variables as not present in the config file. We
     356                 :      * need this so that we can tell below which ones have been removed from
     357                 :      * the file since we last processed it.
     358                 :      */
     359            2174 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     360          802254 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     361                 :     {
     362          800080 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     363                 : 
     364          800080 :         gconf->status &= ~GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     365                 :     }
     366                 : 
     367                 :     /*
     368                 :      * Check if all the supplied option names are valid, as an additional
     369                 :      * quasi-syntactic check on the validity of the config file.  It is
     370                 :      * important that the postmaster and all backends agree on the results of
     371                 :      * this phase, else we will have strange inconsistencies about which
     372                 :      * processes accept a config file update and which don't.  Hence, unknown
     373                 :      * custom variable names have to be accepted without complaint.  For the
     374                 :      * same reason, we don't attempt to validate the options' values here.
     375                 :      *
     376                 :      * In addition, the GUC_IS_IN_FILE flag is set on each existing GUC
     377                 :      * variable mentioned in the file; and we detect duplicate entries in the
     378                 :      * file and mark the earlier occurrences as ignorable.
     379                 :      */
     380           37604 :     for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     381                 :     {
     382                 :         struct config_generic *record;
     383                 : 
     384                 :         /* Ignore anything already marked as ignorable */
     385           35430 :         if (item->ignore)
     386 UNC           0 :             continue;
     387                 : 
     388                 :         /*
     389                 :          * Try to find the variable; but do not create a custom placeholder if
     390                 :          * it's not there already.
     391                 :          */
     392 GNC       35430 :         record = find_option(item->name, false, true, elevel);
     393                 : 
     394           35430 :         if (record)
     395                 :         {
     396                 :             /* If it's already marked, then this is a duplicate entry */
     397           35415 :             if (record->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE)
     398                 :             {
     399                 :                 /*
     400                 :                  * Mark the earlier occurrence(s) as dead/ignorable.  We could
     401                 :                  * avoid the O(N^2) behavior here with some additional state,
     402                 :                  * but it seems unlikely to be worth the trouble.
     403                 :                  */
     404                 :                 ConfigVariable *pitem;
     405                 : 
     406           89150 :                 for (pitem = head; pitem != item; pitem = pitem->next)
     407                 :                 {
     408           86042 :                     if (!pitem->ignore &&
     409           78121 :                         strcmp(pitem->name, item->name) == 0)
     410            3108 :                         pitem->ignore = true;
     411                 :                 }
     412                 :             }
     413                 :             /* Now mark it as present in file */
     414           35415 :             record->status |= GUC_IS_IN_FILE;
     415                 :         }
     416              15 :         else if (!valid_custom_variable_name(item->name))
     417                 :         {
     418                 :             /* Invalid non-custom variable, so complain */
     419               1 :             ereport(elevel,
     420                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
     421                 :                      errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\" in file \"%s\" line %d",
     422                 :                             item->name,
     423                 :                             item->filename, item->sourceline)));
     424               1 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("unrecognized configuration parameter");
     425               1 :             error = true;
     426               1 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     427                 :         }
     428                 :     }
     429                 : 
     430                 :     /*
     431                 :      * If we've detected any errors so far, we don't want to risk applying any
     432                 :      * changes.
     433                 :      */
     434            2174 :     if (error)
     435               1 :         goto bail_out;
     436                 : 
     437                 :     /* Otherwise, set flag that we're beginning to apply changes */
     438            2173 :     applying = true;
     439                 : 
     440                 :     /*
     441                 :      * Check for variables having been removed from the config file, and
     442                 :      * revert their reset values (and perhaps also effective values) to the
     443                 :      * boot-time defaults.  If such a variable can't be changed after startup,
     444                 :      * report that and continue.
     445                 :      */
     446            2173 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     447          801885 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     448                 :     {
     449          799712 :         struct config_generic *gconf = hentry->gucvar;
     450                 :         GucStack   *stack;
     451                 : 
     452          799712 :         if (gconf->reset_source != PGC_S_FILE ||
     453            9294 :             (gconf->status & GUC_IS_IN_FILE))
     454          799710 :             continue;
     455               2 :         if (gconf->context < PGC_SIGHUP)
     456                 :         {
     457                 :             /* The removal can't be effective without a restart */
     458 UNC           0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
     459               0 :             ereport(elevel,
     460                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
     461                 :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     462                 :                             gconf->name)));
     463               0 :             record_config_file_error(psprintf("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
     464                 :                                               gconf->name),
     465                 :                                      NULL, 0,
     466                 :                                      &head, &tail);
     467               0 :             error = true;
     468               0 :             continue;
     469                 :         }
     470                 : 
     471                 :         /* No more to do if we're just doing show_all_file_settings() */
     472 GNC           2 :         if (!applySettings)
     473 UNC           0 :             continue;
     474                 : 
     475                 :         /*
     476                 :          * Reset any "file" sources to "default", else set_config_option will
     477                 :          * not override those settings.
     478                 :          */
     479 GNC           2 :         if (gconf->reset_source == PGC_S_FILE)
     480               2 :             gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     481               2 :         if (gconf->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     482               2 :             set_guc_source(gconf, PGC_S_DEFAULT);
     483               2 :         for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     484                 :         {
     485 UNC           0 :             if (stack->source == PGC_S_FILE)
     486               0 :                 stack->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
     487                 :         }
     488                 : 
     489                 :         /* Now we can re-apply the wired-in default (i.e., the boot_val) */
     490 GNC           2 :         if (set_config_option(gconf->name, NULL,
     491                 :                               context, PGC_S_DEFAULT,
     492                 :                               GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false) > 0)
     493                 :         {
     494                 :             /* Log the change if appropriate */
     495               2 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
     496               2 :                 ereport(elevel,
     497                 :                         (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" removed from configuration file, reset to default",
     498                 :                                 gconf->name)));
     499                 :         }
     500                 :     }
     501                 : 
     502                 :     /*
     503                 :      * Restore any variables determined by environment variables or
     504                 :      * dynamically-computed defaults.  This is a no-op except in the case
     505                 :      * where one of these had been in the config file and is now removed.
     506                 :      *
     507                 :      * In particular, we *must not* do this during the postmaster's initial
     508                 :      * loading of the file, since the timezone functions in particular should
     509                 :      * be run only after initialization is complete.
     510                 :      *
     511                 :      * XXX this is an unmaintainable crock, because we have to know how to set
     512                 :      * (or at least what to call to set) every non-PGC_INTERNAL variable that
     513                 :      * could potentially have PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT or PGC_S_ENV_VAR source.
     514                 :      */
     515            2173 :     if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings)
     516                 :     {
     517             338 :         InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
     518             338 :         pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
     519                 :         /* this selects SQL_ASCII in processes not connected to a database */
     520             338 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", GetDatabaseEncodingName(),
     521                 :                         PGC_BACKEND, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
     522                 :     }
     523                 : 
     524                 :     /*
     525                 :      * Now apply the values from the config file.
     526                 :      */
     527           37589 :     for (item = head; item; item = item->next)
     528                 :     {
     529           35417 :         char       *pre_value = NULL;
     530                 :         int         scres;
     531                 : 
     532                 :         /* Ignore anything marked as ignorable */
     533           35417 :         if (item->ignore)
     534            3108 :             continue;
     535                 : 
     536                 :         /* In SIGHUP cases in the postmaster, we want to report changes */
     537           32309 :         if (context == PGC_SIGHUP && applySettings && !IsUnderPostmaster)
     538                 :         {
     539            2749 :             const char *preval = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     540                 : 
     541                 :             /* If option doesn't exist yet or is NULL, treat as empty string */
     542            2749 :             if (!preval)
     543 UNC           0 :                 preval = "";
     544                 :             /* must dup, else might have dangling pointer below */
     545 GNC        2749 :             pre_value = pstrdup(preval);
     546                 :         }
     547                 : 
     548           32309 :         scres = set_config_option(item->name, item->value,
     549                 :                                   context, PGC_S_FILE,
     550                 :                                   GUC_ACTION_SET, applySettings, 0, false);
     551           32308 :         if (scres > 0)
     552                 :         {
     553                 :             /* variable was updated, so log the change if appropriate */
     554           28648 :             if (pre_value)
     555                 :             {
     556            1736 :                 const char *post_value = GetConfigOption(item->name, true, false);
     557                 : 
     558            1736 :                 if (!post_value)
     559 UNC           0 :                     post_value = "";
     560 GNC        1736 :                 if (strcmp(pre_value, post_value) != 0)
     561              74 :                     ereport(elevel,
     562                 :                             (errmsg("parameter \"%s\" changed to \"%s\"",
     563                 :                                     item->name, item->value)));
     564                 :             }
     565           28648 :             item->applied = true;
     566                 :         }
     567            3660 :         else if (scres == 0)
     568                 :         {
     569 UNC           0 :             error = true;
     570               0 :             item->errmsg = pstrdup("setting could not be applied");
     571               0 :             ConfFileWithError = item->filename;
     572                 :         }
     573                 :         else
     574                 :         {
     575                 :             /* no error, but variable's active value was not changed */
     576 GNC        3660 :             item->applied = true;
     577                 :         }
     578                 : 
     579                 :         /*
     580                 :          * We should update source location unless there was an error, since
     581                 :          * even if the active value didn't change, the reset value might have.
     582                 :          * (In the postmaster, there won't be a difference, but it does matter
     583                 :          * in backends.)
     584                 :          */
     585           32308 :         if (scres != 0 && applySettings)
     586           32238 :             set_config_sourcefile(item->name, item->filename,
     587                 :                                   item->sourceline);
     588                 : 
     589           32308 :         if (pre_value)
     590            2749 :             pfree(pre_value);
     591                 :     }
     592                 : 
     593                 :     /* Remember when we last successfully loaded the config file. */
     594            2172 :     if (applySettings)
     595            2169 :         PgReloadTime = GetCurrentTimestamp();
     596                 : 
     597               3 : bail_out:
     598            4006 :     if (error && applySettings)
     599                 :     {
     600                 :         /* During postmaster startup, any error is fatal */
     601               1 :         if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER)
     602               1 :             ereport(ERROR,
     603                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     604                 :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors",
     605                 :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     606 UNC           0 :         else if (applying)
     607               0 :             ereport(elevel,
     608                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     609                 :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; unaffected changes were applied",
     610                 :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     611                 :         else
     612               0 :             ereport(elevel,
     613                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
     614                 :                      errmsg("configuration file \"%s\" contains errors; no changes were applied",
     615                 :                             ConfFileWithError)));
     616                 :     }
     617                 : 
     618                 :     /* Successful or otherwise, return the collected data list */
     619 GNC        4005 :     return head;
     620                 : }
     621                 : 
     622                 : 
     623                 : /*
     624                 :  * Some infrastructure for GUC-related memory allocation
     625                 :  *
     626                 :  * These functions are generally modeled on libc's malloc/realloc/etc,
     627                 :  * but any OOM issue is reported at the specified elevel.
     628                 :  * (Thus, control returns only if that's less than ERROR.)
     629                 :  */
     630                 : void *
     631 GIC      578760 : guc_malloc(int elevel, size_t size)
     632 ECB             : {
     633 EUB             :     void       *data;
     634                 : 
     635 GNC      578760 :     data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     636                 :                                       MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     637          578760 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     638 LBC           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     639                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     640 ECB             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     641 GIC      578760 :     return data;
     642 ECB             : }
     643                 : 
     644                 : void *
     645 UIC           0 : guc_realloc(int elevel, void *old, size_t size)
     646 EUB             : {
     647                 :     void       *data;
     648                 : 
     649 UNC           0 :     if (old != NULL)
     650                 :     {
     651                 :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     652               0 :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(old) == GUCMemoryContext);
     653               0 :         data = repalloc_extended(old, size,
     654                 :                                  MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     655                 :     }
     656                 :     else
     657                 :     {
     658                 :         /* Like realloc(3), but not like repalloc(), we allow old == NULL. */
     659               0 :         data = MemoryContextAllocExtended(GUCMemoryContext, size,
     660                 :                                           MCXT_ALLOC_NO_OOM);
     661                 :     }
     662               0 :     if (unlikely(data == NULL))
     663 UBC           0 :         ereport(elevel,
     664                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
     665 EUB             :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
     666 UIC           0 :     return data;
     667 EUB             : }
     668                 : 
     669                 : char *
     670 GIC      473153 : guc_strdup(int elevel, const char *src)
     671 EUB             : {
     672                 :     char       *data;
     673 GNC      473153 :     size_t      len = strlen(src) + 1;
     674 EUB             : 
     675 GNC      473153 :     data = guc_malloc(elevel, len);
     676          473153 :     if (likely(data != NULL))
     677          473153 :         memcpy(data, src, len);
     678 CBC      473153 :     return data;
     679                 : }
     680 ECB             : 
     681                 : void
     682 GNC      454446 : guc_free(void *ptr)
     683                 : {
     684                 :     /*
     685                 :      * Historically, GUC-related code has relied heavily on the ability to do
     686                 :      * free(NULL), so we allow that here even though pfree() doesn't.
     687                 :      */
     688          454446 :     if (ptr != NULL)
     689                 :     {
     690                 :         /* This is to help catch old code that malloc's GUC data. */
     691          221259 :         Assert(GetMemoryChunkContext(ptr) == GUCMemoryContext);
     692          221259 :         pfree(ptr);
     693                 :     }
     694          454446 : }
     695                 : 
     696                 : 
     697 ECB             : /*
     698                 :  * Detect whether strval is referenced anywhere in a GUC string item
     699                 :  */
     700                 : static bool
     701 GBC      369531 : string_field_used(struct config_string *conf, char *strval)
     702 EUB             : {
     703                 :     GucStack   *stack;
     704                 : 
     705 CBC      369531 :     if (strval == *(conf->variable) ||
     706 GBC      226906 :         strval == conf->reset_val ||
     707 GIC      113686 :         strval == conf->boot_val)
     708          255845 :         return true;
     709 CBC      123703 :     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     710 ECB             :     {
     711 GIC       12809 :         if (strval == stack->prior.val.stringval ||
     712           10020 :             strval == stack->masked.val.stringval)
     713 CBC        2792 :             return true;
     714                 :     }
     715 GIC      110894 :     return false;
     716                 : }
     717                 : 
     718                 : /*
     719                 :  * Support for assigning to a field of a string GUC item.  Free the prior
     720                 :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     721                 :  * states).
     722 ECB             :  */
     723                 : static void
     724 GIC      298339 : set_string_field(struct config_string *conf, char **field, char *newval)
     725                 : {
     726 CBC      298339 :     char       *oldval = *field;
     727 ECB             : 
     728                 :     /* Do the assignment */
     729 CBC      298339 :     *field = newval;
     730 EUB             : 
     731 ECB             :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     732 GIC      298339 :     if (oldval && !string_field_used(conf, oldval))
     733 GNC      109598 :         guc_free(oldval);
     734 CBC      298339 : }
     735 ECB             : 
     736                 : /*
     737                 :  * Detect whether an "extra" struct is referenced anywhere in a GUC item
     738                 :  */
     739                 : static bool
     740 GIC      123749 : extra_field_used(struct config_generic *gconf, void *extra)
     741 ECB             : {
     742                 :     GucStack   *stack;
     743                 : 
     744 CBC      123749 :     if (extra == gconf->extra)
     745 GIC       53377 :         return true;
     746           70372 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     747                 :     {
     748 UIC           0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     749               0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_bool *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     750               0 :                 return true;
     751               0 :             break;
     752               0 :         case PGC_INT:
     753               0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_int *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     754               0 :                 return true;
     755 LBC           0 :             break;
     756 UIC           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
     757               0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_real *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     758               0 :                 return true;
     759               0 :             break;
     760 CBC       70372 :         case PGC_STRING:
     761 GIC       70372 :             if (extra == ((struct config_string *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     762 CBC       34574 :                 return true;
     763 GIC       35798 :             break;
     764 LBC           0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     765 UIC           0 :             if (extra == ((struct config_enum *) gconf)->reset_extra)
     766 LBC           0 :                 return true;
     767               0 :             break;
     768                 :     }
     769 CBC       40866 :     for (stack = gconf->stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
     770                 :     {
     771            6718 :         if (extra == stack->prior.extra ||
     772 GIC        5071 :             extra == stack->masked.extra)
     773 CBC        1650 :             return true;
     774                 :     }
     775 ECB             : 
     776 GIC       34148 :     return false;
     777 ECB             : }
     778                 : 
     779                 : /*
     780                 :  * Support for assigning to an "extra" field of a GUC item.  Free the prior
     781                 :  * value if it's not referenced anywhere else in the item (including stacked
     782                 :  * states).
     783                 :  */
     784                 : static void
     785 CBC      593027 : set_extra_field(struct config_generic *gconf, void **field, void *newval)
     786                 : {
     787 GIC      593027 :     void       *oldval = *field;
     788 ECB             : 
     789                 :     /* Do the assignment */
     790 CBC      593027 :     *field = newval;
     791                 : 
     792                 :     /* Free old value if it's not NULL and isn't referenced anymore */
     793          593027 :     if (oldval && !extra_field_used(gconf, oldval))
     794 GNC       33942 :         guc_free(oldval);
     795 CBC      593027 : }
     796                 : 
     797 ECB             : /*
     798                 :  * Support for copying a variable's active value into a stack entry.
     799                 :  * The "extra" field associated with the active value is copied, too.
     800                 :  *
     801                 :  * NB: be sure stringval and extra fields of a new stack entry are
     802                 :  * initialized to NULL before this is used, else we'll try to guc_free() them.
     803                 :  */
     804                 : static void
     805 GIC       41692 : set_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     806 ECB             : {
     807 GBC       41692 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     808                 :     {
     809 GIC        7922 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     810 CBC        7922 :             val->val.boolval =
     811 GIC        7922 :                 *((struct config_bool *) gconf)->variable;
     812            7922 :             break;
     813 CBC        8613 :         case PGC_INT:
     814            8613 :             val->val.intval =
     815            8613 :                 *((struct config_int *) gconf)->variable;
     816 GIC        8613 :             break;
     817            3410 :         case PGC_REAL:
     818 CBC        3410 :             val->val.realval =
     819 GIC        3410 :                 *((struct config_real *) gconf)->variable;
     820 CBC        3410 :             break;
     821 GIC       13244 :         case PGC_STRING:
     822 CBC       13244 :             set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
     823                 :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     824 GIC       13244 :                              *((struct config_string *) gconf)->variable);
     825 CBC       13244 :             break;
     826 GIC        8503 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     827 CBC        8503 :             val->val.enumval =
     828 GIC        8503 :                 *((struct config_enum *) gconf)->variable;
     829 CBC        8503 :             break;
     830                 :     }
     831           41692 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), gconf->extra);
     832           41692 : }
     833 ECB             : 
     834                 : /*
     835                 :  * Support for discarding a no-longer-needed value in a stack entry.
     836                 :  * The "extra" field associated with the stack entry is cleared, too.
     837                 :  */
     838                 : static void
     839 GIC       20507 : discard_stack_value(struct config_generic *gconf, config_var_value *val)
     840 ECB             : {
     841 GIC       20507 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
     842 ECB             :     {
     843 GIC       14913 :         case PGC_BOOL:
     844 ECB             :         case PGC_INT:
     845 EUB             :         case PGC_REAL:
     846                 :         case PGC_ENUM:
     847 ECB             :             /* no need to do anything */
     848 GIC       14913 :             break;
     849 CBC        5594 :         case PGC_STRING:
     850 GIC        5594 :             set_string_field((struct config_string *) gconf,
     851 EUB             :                              &(val->val.stringval),
     852                 :                              NULL);
     853 GBC        5594 :             break;
     854 EUB             :     }
     855 GIC       20507 :     set_extra_field(gconf, &(val->extra), NULL);
     856           20507 : }
     857 ECB             : 
     858                 : 
     859                 : /*
     860                 :  * Fetch a palloc'd, sorted array of GUC struct pointers
     861                 :  *
     862                 :  * The array length is returned into *num_vars.
     863                 :  */
     864                 : struct config_generic **
     865 GNC        1088 : get_guc_variables(int *num_vars)
     866                 : {
     867                 :     struct config_generic **result;
     868                 :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
     869                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     870                 :     int         i;
     871                 : 
     872            1088 :     *num_vars = hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab);
     873            1088 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * *num_vars);
     874                 : 
     875                 :     /* Extract pointers from the hash table */
     876            1088 :     i = 0;
     877            1088 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
     878          406856 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
     879          405768 :         result[i++] = hentry->gucvar;
     880            1088 :     Assert(i == *num_vars);
     881                 : 
     882                 :     /* Sort by name */
     883            1088 :     qsort(result, *num_vars,
     884                 :           sizeof(struct config_generic *), guc_var_compare);
     885                 : 
     886            1088 :     return result;
     887                 : }
     888                 : 
     889                 : 
     890                 : /*
     891                 :  * Build the GUC hash table.  This is split out so that help_config.c can
     892                 :  * extract all the variables without running all of InitializeGUCOptions.
     893                 :  * It's not meant for use anyplace else.
     894                 :  */
     895                 : void
     896 GIC        1857 : build_guc_variables(void)
     897                 : {
     898                 :     int         size_vars;
     899            1857 :     int         num_vars = 0;
     900                 :     HASHCTL     hash_ctl;
     901                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
     902                 :     bool        found;
     903                 :     int         i;
     904                 : 
     905                 :     /*
     906                 :      * Create the memory context that will hold all GUC-related data.
     907                 :      */
     908 GNC        1857 :     Assert(GUCMemoryContext == NULL);
     909            1857 :     GUCMemoryContext = AllocSetContextCreate(TopMemoryContext,
     910                 :                                              "GUCMemoryContext",
     911                 :                                              ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
     912                 : 
     913                 :     /*
     914                 :      * Count all the built-in variables, and set their vartypes correctly.
     915                 :      */
     916 GIC      194985 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
     917                 :     {
     918          193128 :         struct config_bool *conf = &ConfigureNamesBool[i];
     919                 : 
     920                 :         /* Rather than requiring vartype to be filled in by hand, do this: */
     921          193128 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_BOOL;
     922          193128 :         num_vars++;
     923                 :     }
     924                 : 
     925          243267 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
     926                 :     {
     927          241410 :         struct config_int *conf = &ConfigureNamesInt[i];
     928                 : 
     929          241410 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_INT;
     930          241410 :         num_vars++;
     931                 :     }
     932                 : 
     933           48282 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
     934                 :     {
     935           46425 :         struct config_real *conf = &ConfigureNamesReal[i];
     936                 : 
     937           46425 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_REAL;
     938           46425 :         num_vars++;
     939                 :     }
     940                 : 
     941          133704 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
     942                 :     {
     943          131847 :         struct config_string *conf = &ConfigureNamesString[i];
     944                 : 
     945          131847 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_STRING;
     946          131847 :         num_vars++;
     947                 :     }
     948                 : 
     949           72423 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
     950                 :     {
     951           70566 :         struct config_enum *conf = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i];
     952                 : 
     953           70566 :         conf->gen.vartype = PGC_ENUM;
     954           70566 :         num_vars++;
     955                 :     }
     956                 : 
     957                 :     /*
     958                 :      * Create hash table with 20% slack
     959                 :      */
     960            1857 :     size_vars = num_vars + num_vars / 4;
     961                 : 
     962 GNC        1857 :     hash_ctl.keysize = sizeof(char *);
     963            1857 :     hash_ctl.entrysize = sizeof(GUCHashEntry);
     964            1857 :     hash_ctl.hash = guc_name_hash;
     965            1857 :     hash_ctl.match = guc_name_match;
     966            1857 :     hash_ctl.hcxt = GUCMemoryContext;
     967            1857 :     guc_hashtab = hash_create("GUC hash table",
     968                 :                               size_vars,
     969                 :                               &hash_ctl,
     970                 :                               HASH_ELEM | HASH_FUNCTION | HASH_COMPARE | HASH_CONTEXT);
     971                 : 
     972 GIC      194985 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen.name; i++)
     973                 :     {
     974 GNC      193128 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesBool[i].gen;
     975                 : 
     976          193128 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     977          193128 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     978                 :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     979                 :                                               &found);
     980          193128 :         Assert(!found);
     981          193128 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
     982                 :     }
     983                 : 
     984 GIC      243267 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen.name; i++)
     985                 :     {
     986 GNC      241410 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesInt[i].gen;
     987                 : 
     988          241410 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
     989          241410 :                                               &gucvar->name,
     990                 :                                               HASH_ENTER,
     991                 :                                               &found);
     992          241410 :         Assert(!found);
     993          241410 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
     994                 :     }
     995                 : 
     996 GIC       48282 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen.name; i++)
     997                 :     {
     998 GNC       46425 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesReal[i].gen;
     999                 : 
    1000           46425 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1001           46425 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1002                 :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1003                 :                                               &found);
    1004           46425 :         Assert(!found);
    1005           46425 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1006                 :     }
    1007                 : 
    1008 GIC      133704 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesString[i].gen.name; i++)
    1009                 :     {
    1010 GNC      131847 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesString[i].gen;
    1011                 : 
    1012          131847 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1013          131847 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1014                 :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1015                 :                                               &found);
    1016          131847 :         Assert(!found);
    1017          131847 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1018                 :     }
    1019                 : 
    1020 GIC       72423 :     for (i = 0; ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen.name; i++)
    1021                 :     {
    1022 GNC       70566 :         struct config_generic *gucvar = &ConfigureNamesEnum[i].gen;
    1023                 : 
    1024           70566 :         hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1025           70566 :                                               &gucvar->name,
    1026                 :                                               HASH_ENTER,
    1027                 :                                               &found);
    1028           70566 :         Assert(!found);
    1029           70566 :         hentry->gucvar = gucvar;
    1030                 :     }
    1031                 : 
    1032            1857 :     Assert(num_vars == hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    1033 GIC        1857 : }
    1034                 : 
    1035                 : /*
    1036                 :  * Add a new GUC variable to the hash of known variables. The
    1037                 :  * hash is expanded if needed.
    1038                 :  */
    1039                 : static bool
    1040            9174 : add_guc_variable(struct config_generic *var, int elevel)
    1041                 : {
    1042                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1043                 :     bool        found;
    1044                 : 
    1045 GNC        9174 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1046            9174 :                                           &var->name,
    1047                 :                                           HASH_ENTER_NULL,
    1048                 :                                           &found);
    1049            9174 :     if (unlikely(hentry == NULL))
    1050                 :     {
    1051 UNC           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    1052                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    1053                 :                  errmsg("out of memory")));
    1054               0 :         return false;           /* out of memory */
    1055                 :     }
    1056 GNC        9174 :     Assert(!found);
    1057            9174 :     hentry->gucvar = var;
    1058 GIC        9174 :     return true;
    1059                 : }
    1060                 : 
    1061                 : /*
    1062                 :  * Decide whether a proposed custom variable name is allowed.
    1063                 :  *
    1064                 :  * It must be two or more identifiers separated by dots, where the rules
    1065                 :  * for what is an identifier agree with scan.l.  (If you change this rule,
    1066                 :  * adjust the errdetail in find_option().)
    1067                 :  */
    1068                 : static bool
    1069              83 : valid_custom_variable_name(const char *name)
    1070                 : {
    1071              83 :     bool        saw_sep = false;
    1072              83 :     bool        name_start = true;
    1073                 : 
    1074            2013 :     for (const char *p = name; *p; p++)
    1075                 :     {
    1076            1936 :         if (*p == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    1077                 :         {
    1078              87 :             if (name_start)
    1079 UIC           0 :                 return false;   /* empty name component */
    1080 GIC          87 :             saw_sep = true;
    1081              87 :             name_start = true;
    1082                 :         }
    1083            1849 :         else if (strchr("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ"
    1084            1849 :                         "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_", *p) != NULL ||
    1085               8 :                  IS_HIGHBIT_SET(*p))
    1086                 :         {
    1087                 :             /* okay as first or non-first character */
    1088            1841 :             name_start = false;
    1089                 :         }
    1090               8 :         else if (!name_start && strchr("0123456789$", *p) != NULL)
    1091                 :              /* okay as non-first character */ ;
    1092                 :         else
    1093               6 :             return false;
    1094                 :     }
    1095              77 :     if (name_start)
    1096 UIC           0 :         return false;           /* empty name component */
    1097                 :     /* OK if we found at least one separator */
    1098 GIC          77 :     return saw_sep;
    1099                 : }
    1100                 : 
    1101                 : /*
    1102                 :  * Create and add a placeholder variable for a custom variable name.
    1103                 :  */
    1104                 : static struct config_generic *
    1105              52 : add_placeholder_variable(const char *name, int elevel)
    1106                 : {
    1107              52 :     size_t      sz = sizeof(struct config_string) + sizeof(char *);
    1108                 :     struct config_string *var;
    1109                 :     struct config_generic *gen;
    1110                 : 
    1111              52 :     var = (struct config_string *) guc_malloc(elevel, sz);
    1112              52 :     if (var == NULL)
    1113 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    1114 GIC          52 :     memset(var, 0, sz);
    1115              52 :     gen = &var->gen;
    1116                 : 
    1117              52 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(elevel, name);
    1118              52 :     if (gen->name == NULL)
    1119                 :     {
    1120 UNC           0 :         guc_free(var);
    1121 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    1122                 :     }
    1123                 : 
    1124 GIC          52 :     gen->context = PGC_USERSET;
    1125              52 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    1126              52 :     gen->short_desc = "GUC placeholder variable";
    1127              52 :     gen->flags = GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL | GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE | GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER;
    1128              52 :     gen->vartype = PGC_STRING;
    1129                 : 
    1130                 :     /*
    1131                 :      * The char* is allocated at the end of the struct since we have no
    1132                 :      * 'static' place to point to.  Note that the current value, as well as
    1133                 :      * the boot and reset values, start out NULL.
    1134                 :      */
    1135              52 :     var->variable = (char **) (var + 1);
    1136                 : 
    1137              52 :     if (!add_guc_variable((struct config_generic *) var, elevel))
    1138                 :     {
    1139 UNC           0 :         guc_free(unconstify(char *, gen->name));
    1140               0 :         guc_free(var);
    1141 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    1142                 :     }
    1143                 : 
    1144 GIC          52 :     return gen;
    1145                 : }
    1146                 : 
    1147                 : /*
    1148                 :  * Look up option "name".  If it exists, return a pointer to its record.
    1149                 :  * Otherwise, if create_placeholders is true and name is a valid-looking
    1150                 :  * custom variable name, we'll create and return a placeholder record.
    1151                 :  * Otherwise, if skip_errors is true, then we silently return NULL for
    1152                 :  * an unrecognized or invalid name.  Otherwise, the error is reported at
    1153                 :  * error level elevel (and we return NULL if that's less than ERROR).
    1154                 :  *
    1155                 :  * Note: internal errors, primarily out-of-memory, draw an elevel-level
    1156                 :  * report and NULL return regardless of skip_errors.  Hence, callers must
    1157                 :  * handle a NULL return whenever elevel < ERROR, but they should not need
    1158                 :  * to emit any additional error message.  (In practice, internal errors
    1159                 :  * can only happen when create_placeholders is true, so callers passing
    1160                 :  * false need not think terribly hard about this.)
    1161                 :  */
    1162                 : struct config_generic *
    1163          380725 : find_option(const char *name, bool create_placeholders, bool skip_errors,
    1164                 :             int elevel)
    1165                 : {
    1166                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1167 ECB             :     int         i;
    1168                 : 
    1169 GIC      380725 :     Assert(name);
    1170                 : 
    1171                 :     /* Look it up using the hash table. */
    1172 GNC      380725 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    1173                 :                                           &name,
    1174                 :                                           HASH_FIND,
    1175                 :                                           NULL);
    1176          380725 :     if (hentry)
    1177          380558 :         return hentry->gucvar;
    1178                 : 
    1179                 :     /*
    1180                 :      * See if the name is an obsolete name for a variable.  We assume that the
    1181                 :      * set of supported old names is short enough that a brute-force search is
    1182                 :      * the best way.
    1183                 :      */
    1184 GIC         668 :     for (i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1185                 :     {
    1186             501 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1187 UIC           0 :             return find_option(map_old_guc_names[i + 1], false,
    1188                 :                                skip_errors, elevel);
    1189                 :     }
    1190                 : 
    1191 CBC         167 :     if (create_placeholders)
    1192 ECB             :     {
    1193                 :         /*
    1194                 :          * Check if the name is valid, and if so, add a placeholder.  If it
    1195                 :          * doesn't contain a separator, don't assume that it was meant to be a
    1196                 :          * placeholder.
    1197                 :          */
    1198 GIC          88 :         const char *sep = strchr(name, GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR);
    1199                 : 
    1200              88 :         if (sep != NULL)
    1201                 :         {
    1202              61 :             size_t      classLen = sep - name;
    1203 ECB             :             ListCell   *lc;
    1204                 : 
    1205                 :             /* The name must be syntactically acceptable ... */
    1206 CBC          61 :             if (!valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    1207                 :             {
    1208 GIC           6 :                 if (!skip_errors)
    1209 CBC           6 :                     ereport(elevel,
    1210 ECB             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1211                 :                              errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1212                 :                                     name),
    1213                 :                              errdetail("Custom parameter names must be two or more simple identifiers separated by dots.")));
    1214 UIC           0 :                 return NULL;
    1215                 :             }
    1216 ECB             :             /* ... and it must not match any previously-reserved prefix */
    1217 GIC          63 :             foreach(lc, reserved_class_prefix)
    1218 ECB             :             {
    1219 GIC          11 :                 const char *rcprefix = lfirst(lc);
    1220 ECB             : 
    1221 GIC          11 :                 if (strlen(rcprefix) == classLen &&
    1222 CBC           3 :                     strncmp(name, rcprefix, classLen) == 0)
    1223                 :                 {
    1224               3 :                     if (!skip_errors)
    1225 GIC           3 :                         ereport(elevel,
    1226 ECB             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    1227                 :                                  errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\"",
    1228                 :                                         name),
    1229                 :                                  errdetail("\"%s\" is a reserved prefix.",
    1230                 :                                            rcprefix)));
    1231 UIC           0 :                     return NULL;
    1232                 :                 }
    1233                 :             }
    1234 ECB             :             /* OK, create it */
    1235 CBC          52 :             return add_placeholder_variable(name, elevel);
    1236                 :         }
    1237 ECB             :     }
    1238                 : 
    1239                 :     /* Unknown name */
    1240 GIC         106 :     if (!skip_errors)
    1241 CBC          45 :         ereport(elevel,
    1242                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
    1243                 :                  errmsg("unrecognized configuration parameter \"%s\"",
    1244                 :                         name)));
    1245 GIC          61 :     return NULL;
    1246                 : }
    1247                 : 
    1248                 : 
    1249 ECB             : /*
    1250                 :  * comparator for qsorting an array of GUC pointers
    1251                 :  */
    1252                 : static int
    1253 CBC     3657974 : guc_var_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
    1254                 : {
    1255         3657974 :     const struct config_generic *confa = *(struct config_generic *const *) a;
    1256 GIC     3657974 :     const struct config_generic *confb = *(struct config_generic *const *) b;
    1257                 : 
    1258         3657974 :     return guc_name_compare(confa->name, confb->name);
    1259                 : }
    1260                 : 
    1261                 : /*
    1262 ECB             :  * the bare comparison function for GUC names
    1263                 :  */
    1264                 : int
    1265 GBC     4245081 : guc_name_compare(const char *namea, const char *nameb)
    1266                 : {
    1267 ECB             :     /*
    1268                 :      * The temptation to use strcasecmp() here must be resisted, because the
    1269                 :      * hash mapping has to remain stable across setlocale() calls. So, build
    1270                 :      * our own with a simple ASCII-only downcasing.
    1271                 :      */
    1272 GIC    17611506 :     while (*namea && *nameb)
    1273 ECB             :     {
    1274 GIC    17184058 :         char        cha = *namea++;
    1275 CBC    17184058 :         char        chb = *nameb++;
    1276                 : 
    1277 GIC    17184058 :         if (cha >= 'A' && cha <= 'Z')
    1278           88457 :             cha += 'a' - 'A';
    1279 CBC    17184058 :         if (chb >= 'A' && chb <= 'Z')
    1280 GIC       24255 :             chb += 'a' - 'A';
    1281 CBC    17184058 :         if (cha != chb)
    1282         3817633 :             return cha - chb;
    1283                 :     }
    1284 GIC      427448 :     if (*namea)
    1285 CBC       32380 :         return 1;               /* a is longer */
    1286 GIC      395068 :     if (*nameb)
    1287           14374 :         return -1;              /* b is longer */
    1288 CBC      380694 :     return 0;
    1289 ECB             : }
    1290                 : 
    1291                 : /*
    1292                 :  * Hash function that's compatible with guc_name_compare
    1293                 :  */
    1294                 : static uint32
    1295 GNC     1082451 : guc_name_hash(const void *key, Size keysize)
    1296                 : {
    1297         1082451 :     uint32      result = 0;
    1298         1082451 :     const char *name = *(const char *const *) key;
    1299                 : 
    1300        19927579 :     while (*name)
    1301                 :     {
    1302        18845128 :         char        ch = *name++;
    1303                 : 
    1304                 :         /* Case-fold in the same way as guc_name_compare */
    1305        18845128 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1306           24316 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1307                 : 
    1308                 :         /* Merge into hash ... not very bright, but it needn't be */
    1309        18845128 :         result = pg_rotate_left32(result, 5);
    1310        18845128 :         result ^= (uint32) ch;
    1311                 :     }
    1312         1082451 :     return result;
    1313                 : }
    1314                 : 
    1315                 : /*
    1316                 :  * Dynahash match function to use in guc_hashtab
    1317                 :  */
    1318                 : static int
    1319          380612 : guc_name_match(const void *key1, const void *key2, Size keysize)
    1320                 : {
    1321          380612 :     const char *name1 = *(const char *const *) key1;
    1322          380612 :     const char *name2 = *(const char *const *) key2;
    1323                 : 
    1324          380612 :     return guc_name_compare(name1, name2);
    1325                 : }
    1326                 : 
    1327 ECB             : 
    1328                 : /*
    1329                 :  * Convert a GUC name to the form that should be used in pg_parameter_acl.
    1330                 :  *
    1331                 :  * We need to canonicalize entries since, for example, case should not be
    1332                 :  * significant.  In addition, we apply the map_old_guc_names[] mapping so that
    1333                 :  * any obsolete names will be converted when stored in a new PG version.
    1334                 :  * Note however that this function does not verify legality of the name.
    1335                 :  *
    1336                 :  * The result is a palloc'd string.
    1337                 :  */
    1338                 : char *
    1339 CBC         183 : convert_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1340                 : {
    1341                 :     char       *result;
    1342                 : 
    1343                 :     /* Apply old-GUC-name mapping. */
    1344 GIC         732 :     for (int i = 0; map_old_guc_names[i] != NULL; i += 2)
    1345 ECB             :     {
    1346 GIC         549 :         if (guc_name_compare(name, map_old_guc_names[i]) == 0)
    1347                 :         {
    1348 UIC           0 :             name = map_old_guc_names[i + 1];
    1349               0 :             break;
    1350                 :         }
    1351                 :     }
    1352 ECB             : 
    1353                 :     /* Apply case-folding that matches guc_name_compare(). */
    1354 CBC         183 :     result = pstrdup(name);
    1355 GIC        3168 :     for (char *ptr = result; *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    1356                 :     {
    1357 CBC        2985 :         char        ch = *ptr;
    1358                 : 
    1359 GIC        2985 :         if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'Z')
    1360 ECB             :         {
    1361 GIC           6 :             ch += 'a' - 'A';
    1362               6 :             *ptr = ch;
    1363                 :         }
    1364                 :     }
    1365                 : 
    1366             183 :     return result;
    1367                 : }
    1368                 : 
    1369                 : /*
    1370 ECB             :  * Check whether we should allow creation of a pg_parameter_acl entry
    1371                 :  * for the given name.  (This can be applied either before or after
    1372                 :  * canonicalizing it.)
    1373                 :  */
    1374                 : bool
    1375 CBC          35 : check_GUC_name_for_parameter_acl(const char *name)
    1376 EUB             : {
    1377                 :     /* OK if the GUC exists. */
    1378 CBC          35 :     if (find_option(name, false, true, DEBUG1) != NULL)
    1379              28 :         return true;
    1380 ECB             :     /* Otherwise, it'd better be a valid custom GUC name. */
    1381 GIC           7 :     if (valid_custom_variable_name(name))
    1382 CBC           6 :         return true;
    1383 GIC           1 :     return false;
    1384                 : }
    1385 EUB             : 
    1386                 : /*
    1387                 :  * Routine in charge of checking various states of a GUC.
    1388                 :  *
    1389                 :  * This performs two sanity checks.  First, it checks that the initial
    1390                 :  * value of a GUC is the same when declared and when loaded to prevent
    1391                 :  * anybody looking at the C declarations of these GUCS from being fooled by
    1392                 :  * mismatched values.  Second, it checks for incorrect flag combinations.
    1393                 :  *
    1394                 :  * The following validation rules apply for the values:
    1395                 :  * bool - can be false, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1396                 :  * int  - can be 0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1397                 :  * real - can be 0.0, otherwise must be same as the boot_val
    1398                 :  * string - can be NULL, otherwise must be strcmp equal to the boot_val
    1399                 :  * enum - must be same as the boot_val
    1400                 :  */
    1401                 : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    1402                 : static bool
    1403 GNC      692549 : check_GUC_init(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1404                 : {
    1405                 :     /* Checks on values */
    1406          692549 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1407                 :     {
    1408          196805 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1409                 :             {
    1410          196805 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1411                 : 
    1412          196805 :                 if (*conf->variable && !conf->boot_val)
    1413                 :                 {
    1414 UNC           0 :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_BOOL) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1415                 :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1416               0 :                     return false;
    1417                 :                 }
    1418 GNC      196805 :                 break;
    1419                 :             }
    1420          241446 :         case PGC_INT:
    1421                 :             {
    1422          241446 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    1423                 : 
    1424          241446 :                 if (*conf->variable != 0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1425                 :                 {
    1426 UNC           0 :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_INT) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1427                 :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1428               0 :                     return false;
    1429                 :                 }
    1430 GNC      241446 :                 break;
    1431                 :             }
    1432           46446 :         case PGC_REAL:
    1433                 :             {
    1434           46446 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    1435                 : 
    1436           46446 :                 if (*conf->variable != 0.0 && *conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1437                 :                 {
    1438 UNC           0 :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_REAL) %s, boot_val=%g, C-var=%g",
    1439                 :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1440               0 :                     return false;
    1441                 :                 }
    1442 GNC       46446 :                 break;
    1443                 :             }
    1444          135490 :         case PGC_STRING:
    1445                 :             {
    1446          135490 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    1447                 : 
    1448          135490 :                 if (*conf->variable != NULL && strcmp(*conf->variable, conf->boot_val) != 0)
    1449                 :                 {
    1450 UNC           0 :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_STRING) %s, boot_val=%s, C-var=%s",
    1451                 :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val ? conf->boot_val : "<null>", *conf->variable);
    1452               0 :                     return false;
    1453                 :                 }
    1454 GNC      135490 :                 break;
    1455                 :             }
    1456           72362 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1457                 :             {
    1458           72362 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    1459                 : 
    1460           72362 :                 if (*conf->variable != conf->boot_val)
    1461                 :                 {
    1462 UNC           0 :                     elog(LOG, "GUC (PGC_ENUM) %s, boot_val=%d, C-var=%d",
    1463                 :                          conf->gen.name, conf->boot_val, *conf->variable);
    1464               0 :                     return false;
    1465                 :                 }
    1466 GNC       72362 :                 break;
    1467                 :             }
    1468                 :     }
    1469                 : 
    1470                 :     /* Flag combinations */
    1471                 : 
    1472                 :     /*
    1473                 :      * GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL requires GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE, as a parameter not part
    1474                 :      * of SHOW ALL should not be hidden in postgresql.conf.sample.
    1475                 :      */
    1476          692549 :     if ((gconf->flags & GUC_NO_SHOW_ALL) &&
    1477           11142 :         !(gconf->flags & GUC_NOT_IN_SAMPLE))
    1478                 :     {
    1479 UNC           0 :         elog(LOG, "GUC %s flags: NO_SHOW_ALL and !NOT_IN_SAMPLE",
    1480                 :              gconf->name);
    1481               0 :         return false;
    1482                 :     }
    1483                 : 
    1484 GNC      692549 :     return true;
    1485                 : }
    1486                 : #endif
    1487                 : 
    1488 ECB             : /*
    1489                 :  * Initialize GUC options during program startup.
    1490                 :  *
    1491 EUB             :  * Note that we cannot read the config file yet, since we have not yet
    1492                 :  * processed command-line switches.
    1493                 :  */
    1494                 : void
    1495 CBC        1857 : InitializeGUCOptions(void)
    1496 ECB             : {
    1497                 :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    1498                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    1499                 : 
    1500                 :     /*
    1501                 :      * Before log_line_prefix could possibly receive a nonempty setting, make
    1502                 :      * sure that timezone processing is minimally alive (see elog.c).
    1503                 :      */
    1504 CBC        1857 :     pg_timezone_initialize();
    1505 EUB             : 
    1506                 :     /*
    1507                 :      * Create GUCMemoryContext and build hash table of all GUC variables.
    1508 ECB             :      */
    1509 CBC        1857 :     build_guc_variables();
    1510 ECB             : 
    1511                 :     /*
    1512                 :      * Load all variables with their compiled-in defaults, and initialize
    1513                 :      * status fields as needed.
    1514                 :      */
    1515 GNC        1857 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    1516          685233 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    1517                 :     {
    1518                 :         /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    1519          683376 :         Assert(check_GUC_init(hentry->gucvar));
    1520                 : 
    1521          683376 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(hentry->gucvar);
    1522                 :     }
    1523 ECB             : 
    1524 CBC        1857 :     reporting_enabled = false;
    1525                 : 
    1526 ECB             :     /*
    1527                 :      * Prevent any attempt to override the transaction modes from
    1528                 :      * non-interactive sources.
    1529                 :      */
    1530 CBC        1857 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_isolation", "read committed",
    1531                 :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1532            1857 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_read_only", "no",
    1533                 :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1534            1857 :     SetConfigOption("transaction_deferrable", "no",
    1535 ECB             :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1536                 : 
    1537                 :     /*
    1538                 :      * For historical reasons, some GUC parameters can receive defaults from
    1539                 :      * environment variables.  Process those settings.
    1540                 :      */
    1541 CBC        1857 :     InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment();
    1542 GIC        1857 : }
    1543 ECB             : 
    1544                 : /*
    1545                 :  * Assign any GUC values that can come from the server's environment.
    1546                 :  *
    1547                 :  * This is called from InitializeGUCOptions, and also from ProcessConfigFile
    1548                 :  * to deal with the possibility that a setting has been removed from
    1549                 :  * postgresql.conf and should now get a value from the environment.
    1550                 :  * (The latter is a kludge that should probably go away someday; if so,
    1551                 :  * fold this back into InitializeGUCOptions.)
    1552                 :  */
    1553                 : static void
    1554 CBC        2195 : InitializeGUCOptionsFromEnvironment(void)
    1555                 : {
    1556 ECB             :     char       *env;
    1557                 :     long        stack_rlimit;
    1558                 : 
    1559 GIC        2195 :     env = getenv("PGPORT");
    1560            2195 :     if (env != NULL)
    1561            2116 :         SetConfigOption("port", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1562                 : 
    1563            2195 :     env = getenv("PGDATESTYLE");
    1564            2195 :     if (env != NULL)
    1565             418 :         SetConfigOption("datestyle", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1566                 : 
    1567 CBC        2195 :     env = getenv("PGCLIENTENCODING");
    1568 GIC        2195 :     if (env != NULL)
    1569              18 :         SetConfigOption("client_encoding", env, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_ENV_VAR);
    1570                 : 
    1571                 :     /*
    1572                 :      * rlimit isn't exactly an "environment variable", but it behaves about
    1573                 :      * the same.  If we can identify the platform stack depth rlimit, increase
    1574                 :      * default stack depth setting up to whatever is safe (but at most 2MB).
    1575 ECB             :      * Report the value's source as PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT if it's 2MB, or as
    1576                 :      * PGC_S_ENV_VAR if it's reflecting the rlimit limit.
    1577                 :      */
    1578 GIC        2195 :     stack_rlimit = get_stack_depth_rlimit();
    1579            2195 :     if (stack_rlimit > 0)
    1580 ECB             :     {
    1581 GIC        2195 :         long        new_limit = (stack_rlimit - STACK_DEPTH_SLOP) / 1024L;
    1582 ECB             : 
    1583 GIC        2195 :         if (new_limit > 100)
    1584                 :         {
    1585 ECB             :             GucSource   source;
    1586                 :             char        limbuf[16];
    1587                 : 
    1588 GIC        2195 :             if (new_limit < 2048)
    1589 LBC           0 :                 source = PGC_S_ENV_VAR;
    1590 ECB             :             else
    1591                 :             {
    1592 GIC        2195 :                 new_limit = 2048;
    1593            2195 :                 source = PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT;
    1594                 :             }
    1595            2195 :             snprintf(limbuf, sizeof(limbuf), "%ld", new_limit);
    1596            2195 :             SetConfigOption("max_stack_depth", limbuf,
    1597                 :                             PGC_POSTMASTER, source);
    1598                 :         }
    1599                 :     }
    1600 CBC        2195 : }
    1601                 : 
    1602 ECB             : /*
    1603                 :  * Initialize one GUC option variable to its compiled-in default.
    1604                 :  *
    1605                 :  * Note: the reason for calling check_hooks is not that we think the boot_val
    1606 EUB             :  * might fail, but that the hooks might wish to compute an "extra" struct.
    1607                 :  */
    1608                 : static void
    1609 CBC      724966 : InitializeOneGUCOption(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1610                 : {
    1611 GIC      724966 :     gconf->status = 0;
    1612 CBC      724966 :     gconf->source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1613 GBC      724966 :     gconf->reset_source = PGC_S_DEFAULT;
    1614 GIC      724966 :     gconf->scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1615          724966 :     gconf->reset_scontext = PGC_INTERNAL;
    1616 CBC      724966 :     gconf->srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1617 GIC      724966 :     gconf->reset_srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    1618 CBC      724966 :     gconf->stack = NULL;
    1619 GIC      724966 :     gconf->extra = NULL;
    1620          724966 :     gconf->last_reported = NULL;
    1621          724966 :     gconf->sourcefile = NULL;
    1622          724966 :     gconf->sourceline = 0;
    1623 ECB             : 
    1624 GIC      724966 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    1625 ECB             :     {
    1626 GBC      203725 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    1627                 :             {
    1628 CBC      203725 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1629          203725 :                 bool        newval = conf->boot_val;
    1630          203725 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1631                 : 
    1632 GIC      203725 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1633                 :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1634 UIC           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1635                 :                          conf->gen.name, (int) newval);
    1636 GIC      203725 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1637 UBC           0 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1638 GIC      203725 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1639 GBC      203725 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1640 GIC      203725 :                 break;
    1641 EUB             :             }
    1642 GBC      247505 :         case PGC_INT:
    1643                 :             {
    1644          247505 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    1645          247505 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1646 GIC      247505 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1647                 : 
    1648          247505 :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1649          247505 :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1650          247505 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1651                 :                                          PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1652 UIC           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1653                 :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1654 GIC      247505 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1655           15595 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1656          247505 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1657          247505 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1658          247505 :                 break;
    1659 ECB             :             }
    1660 GIC       46446 :         case PGC_REAL:
    1661                 :             {
    1662           46446 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    1663           46446 :                 double      newval = conf->boot_val;
    1664           46446 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1665                 : 
    1666           46446 :                 Assert(newval >= conf->min);
    1667           46446 :                 Assert(newval <= conf->max);
    1668 CBC       46446 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1669                 :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1670 UIC           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %g",
    1671                 :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1672 GIC       46446 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1673            3714 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1674           46446 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1675           46446 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1676           46446 :                 break;
    1677                 :             }
    1678          151060 :         case PGC_STRING:
    1679                 :             {
    1680          151060 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    1681                 :                 char       *newval;
    1682          151060 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1683                 : 
    1684                 :                 /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    1685          151060 :                 if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    1686          135374 :                     newval = guc_strdup(FATAL, conf->boot_val);
    1687                 :                 else
    1688           15686 :                     newval = NULL;
    1689                 : 
    1690          151060 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1691                 :                                             PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1692 UIC           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to \"%s\"",
    1693                 :                          conf->gen.name, newval ? newval : "");
    1694 GIC      151060 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1695           69804 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1696 CBC      151060 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1697 GIC      151060 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1698 CBC      151060 :                 break;
    1699                 :             }
    1700 GIC       76230 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    1701                 :             {
    1702 CBC       76230 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    1703           76230 :                 int         newval = conf->boot_val;
    1704 GIC       76230 :                 void       *extra = NULL;
    1705                 : 
    1706           76230 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &extra,
    1707                 :                                           PGC_S_DEFAULT, LOG))
    1708 UIC           0 :                     elog(FATAL, "failed to initialize %s to %d",
    1709                 :                          conf->gen.name, newval);
    1710 GIC       76230 :                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    1711            9285 :                     conf->assign_hook(newval, extra);
    1712           76230 :                 *conf->variable = conf->reset_val = newval;
    1713 CBC       76230 :                 conf->gen.extra = conf->reset_extra = extra;
    1714           76230 :                 break;
    1715 ECB             :             }
    1716                 :     }
    1717 CBC      724966 : }
    1718                 : 
    1719                 : /*
    1720                 :  * Summarily remove a GUC variable from any linked lists it's in.
    1721                 :  *
    1722                 :  * We use this in cases where the variable is about to be deleted or reset.
    1723                 :  * These aren't common operations, so it's okay if this is a bit slow.
    1724                 :  */
    1725                 : static void
    1726 GNC       32471 : RemoveGUCFromLists(struct config_generic *gconf)
    1727                 : {
    1728           32471 :     if (gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    1729           32471 :         dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    1730           32471 :     if (gconf->stack != NULL)
    1731 UNC           0 :         slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    1732 GNC       32471 :     if (gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT)
    1733            5192 :         slist_delete(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    1734           32471 : }
    1735                 : 
    1736 ECB             : 
    1737                 : /*
    1738                 :  * Select the configuration files and data directory to be used, and
    1739                 :  * do the initial read of postgresql.conf.
    1740                 :  *
    1741 EUB             :  * This is called after processing command-line switches.
    1742 ECB             :  *      userDoption is the -D switch value if any (NULL if unspecified).
    1743                 :  *      progname is just for use in error messages.
    1744                 :  *
    1745                 :  * Returns true on success; on failure, prints a suitable error message
    1746                 :  * to stderr and returns false.
    1747                 :  */
    1748                 : bool
    1749 GBC        1833 : SelectConfigFiles(const char *userDoption, const char *progname)
    1750 ECB             : {
    1751                 :     char       *configdir;
    1752 EUB             :     char       *fname;
    1753                 :     bool        fname_is_malloced;
    1754                 :     struct stat stat_buf;
    1755                 :     struct config_string *data_directory_rec;
    1756                 : 
    1757                 :     /* configdir is -D option, or $PGDATA if no -D */
    1758 GBC        1833 :     if (userDoption)
    1759             612 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(userDoption);
    1760 EUB             :     else
    1761 GIC        1221 :         configdir = make_absolute_path(getenv("PGDATA"));
    1762 ECB             : 
    1763 GIC        1833 :     if (configdir && stat(configdir, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1764 ECB             :     {
    1765 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access directory \"%s\": %s\n",
    1766 ECB             :                      progname,
    1767                 :                      configdir,
    1768 UBC           0 :                      strerror(errno));
    1769 LBC           0 :         if (errno == ENOENT)
    1770 UBC           0 :             write_stderr("Run initdb or pg_basebackup to initialize a PostgreSQL data directory.\n");
    1771 LBC           0 :         return false;
    1772                 :     }
    1773 ECB             : 
    1774                 :     /*
    1775                 :      * Find the configuration file: if config_file was specified on the
    1776                 :      * command line, use it, else use configdir/postgresql.conf.  In any case
    1777                 :      * ensure the result is an absolute path, so that it will be interpreted
    1778 EUB             :      * the same way by future backends.
    1779 ECB             :      */
    1780 GIC        1833 :     if (ConfigFileName)
    1781                 :     {
    1782              10 :         fname = make_absolute_path(ConfigFileName);
    1783 GNC          10 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1784                 :     }
    1785 GIC        1823 :     else if (configdir)
    1786 ECB             :     {
    1787 GIC        1823 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1788 CBC        1823 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(CONFIG_FILENAME) + 2);
    1789 GIC        1823 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, CONFIG_FILENAME);
    1790 GNC        1823 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1791                 :     }
    1792                 :     else
    1793 ECB             :     {
    1794 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the server configuration file.\n"
    1795 ECB             :                      "You must specify the --config-file or -D invocation "
    1796                 :                      "option or set the PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1797                 :                      progname);
    1798 UIC           0 :         return false;
    1799 ECB             :     }
    1800                 : 
    1801                 :     /*
    1802                 :      * Set the ConfigFileName GUC variable to its final value, ensuring that
    1803                 :      * it can't be overridden later.
    1804                 :      */
    1805 CBC        1833 :     SetConfigOption("config_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1806                 : 
    1807 GNC        1833 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1808              10 :         free(fname);
    1809                 :     else
    1810            1823 :         guc_free(fname);
    1811                 : 
    1812                 :     /*
    1813                 :      * Now read the config file for the first time.
    1814 ECB             :      */
    1815 CBC        1833 :     if (stat(ConfigFileName, &stat_buf) != 0)
    1816 ECB             :     {
    1817 LBC           0 :         write_stderr("%s: could not access the server configuration file \"%s\": %s\n",
    1818               0 :                      progname, ConfigFileName, strerror(errno));
    1819 UIC           0 :         free(configdir);
    1820               0 :         return false;
    1821 ECB             :     }
    1822                 : 
    1823                 :     /*
    1824                 :      * Read the configuration file for the first time.  This time only the
    1825                 :      * data_directory parameter is picked up to determine the data directory,
    1826                 :      * so that we can read the PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file next time.
    1827                 :      */
    1828 GIC        1833 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1829 ECB             : 
    1830                 :     /*
    1831                 :      * If the data_directory GUC variable has been set, use that as DataDir;
    1832                 :      * otherwise use configdir if set; else punt.
    1833                 :      *
    1834                 :      * Note: SetDataDir will copy and absolute-ize its argument, so we don't
    1835                 :      * have to.
    1836 EUB             :      */
    1837                 :     data_directory_rec = (struct config_string *)
    1838 GNC        1833 :         find_option("data_directory", false, false, PANIC);
    1839            1833 :     if (*data_directory_rec->variable)
    1840 UNC           0 :         SetDataDir(*data_directory_rec->variable);
    1841 CBC        1833 :     else if (configdir)
    1842            1833 :         SetDataDir(configdir);
    1843 ECB             :     else
    1844                 :     {
    1845 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the database system data.\n"
    1846 ECB             :                      "This can be specified as \"data_directory\" in \"%s\", "
    1847                 :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1848                 :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1849                 :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1850 UIC           0 :         return false;
    1851                 :     }
    1852                 : 
    1853                 :     /*
    1854                 :      * Reflect the final DataDir value back into the data_directory GUC var.
    1855                 :      * (If you are wondering why we don't just make them a single variable,
    1856                 :      * it's because the EXEC_BACKEND case needs DataDir to be transmitted to
    1857 ECB             :      * child backends specially.  XXX is that still true?  Given that we now
    1858                 :      * chdir to DataDir, EXEC_BACKEND can read the config file without knowing
    1859                 :      * DataDir in advance.)
    1860                 :      */
    1861 GIC        1833 :     SetConfigOption("data_directory", DataDir, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1862 ECB             : 
    1863                 :     /*
    1864                 :      * Now read the config file a second time, allowing any settings in the
    1865                 :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file to take effect.  (This is pretty ugly, but
    1866                 :      * since we have to determine the DataDir before we can find the autoconf
    1867                 :      * file, the alternatives seem worse.)
    1868                 :      */
    1869 GIC        1833 :     ProcessConfigFile(PGC_POSTMASTER);
    1870 ECB             : 
    1871                 :     /*
    1872                 :      * If timezone_abbreviations wasn't set in the configuration file, install
    1873                 :      * the default value.  We do it this way because we can't safely install a
    1874                 :      * "real" value until my_exec_path is set, which may not have happened
    1875                 :      * when InitializeGUCOptions runs, so the bootstrap default value cannot
    1876                 :      * be the real desired default.
    1877 EUB             :      */
    1878 GBC        1831 :     pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize();
    1879                 : 
    1880                 :     /*
    1881 ECB             :      * Figure out where pg_hba.conf is, and make sure the path is absolute.
    1882                 :      */
    1883 CBC        1831 :     if (HbaFileName)
    1884                 :     {
    1885               1 :         fname = make_absolute_path(HbaFileName);
    1886 GNC           1 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1887                 :     }
    1888 GIC        1830 :     else if (configdir)
    1889                 :     {
    1890            1830 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1891            1830 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(HBA_FILENAME) + 2);
    1892            1830 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, HBA_FILENAME);
    1893 GNC        1830 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1894                 :     }
    1895                 :     else
    1896                 :     {
    1897 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"hba\" configuration file.\n"
    1898 ECB             :                      "This can be specified as \"hba_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1899                 :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1900                 :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1901                 :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1902 UIC           0 :         return false;
    1903 ECB             :     }
    1904 CBC        1831 :     SetConfigOption("hba_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1905                 : 
    1906 GNC        1831 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1907               1 :         free(fname);
    1908                 :     else
    1909            1830 :         guc_free(fname);
    1910 ECB             : 
    1911                 :     /*
    1912                 :      * Likewise for pg_ident.conf.
    1913                 :      */
    1914 GIC        1831 :     if (IdentFileName)
    1915                 :     {
    1916 CBC           1 :         fname = make_absolute_path(IdentFileName);
    1917 GNC           1 :         fname_is_malloced = true;
    1918                 :     }
    1919 GIC        1830 :     else if (configdir)
    1920                 :     {
    1921            1830 :         fname = guc_malloc(FATAL,
    1922            1830 :                            strlen(configdir) + strlen(IDENT_FILENAME) + 2);
    1923            1830 :         sprintf(fname, "%s/%s", configdir, IDENT_FILENAME);
    1924 GNC        1830 :         fname_is_malloced = false;
    1925 ECB             :     }
    1926                 :     else
    1927                 :     {
    1928 UIC           0 :         write_stderr("%s does not know where to find the \"ident\" configuration file.\n"
    1929                 :                      "This can be specified as \"ident_file\" in \"%s\", "
    1930                 :                      "or by the -D invocation option, or by the "
    1931                 :                      "PGDATA environment variable.\n",
    1932 ECB             :                      progname, ConfigFileName);
    1933 UBC           0 :         return false;
    1934                 :     }
    1935 CBC        1831 :     SetConfigOption("ident_file", fname, PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    1936                 : 
    1937 GNC        1831 :     if (fname_is_malloced)
    1938               1 :         free(fname);
    1939                 :     else
    1940            1830 :         guc_free(fname);
    1941 ECB             : 
    1942 CBC        1831 :     free(configdir);
    1943                 : 
    1944 GBC        1831 :     return true;
    1945                 : }
    1946                 : 
    1947                 : /*
    1948                 :  * pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize --- set default value if not done already
    1949                 :  *
    1950                 :  * This is called after initial loading of postgresql.conf.  If no
    1951                 :  * timezone_abbreviations setting was found therein, select default.
    1952                 :  * If a non-default value is already installed, nothing will happen.
    1953                 :  *
    1954                 :  * This can also be called from ProcessConfigFile to establish the default
    1955                 :  * value after a postgresql.conf entry for it is removed.
    1956                 :  */
    1957                 : static void
    1958 GNC        2169 : pg_timezone_abbrev_initialize(void)
    1959                 : {
    1960            2169 :     SetConfigOption("timezone_abbreviations", "Default",
    1961                 :                     PGC_POSTMASTER, PGC_S_DYNAMIC_DEFAULT);
    1962            2169 : }
    1963                 : 
    1964                 : 
    1965 EUB             : /*
    1966                 :  * Reset all options to their saved default values (implements RESET ALL)
    1967                 :  */
    1968                 : void
    1969 CBC           3 : ResetAllOptions(void)
    1970 ECB             : {
    1971                 :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    1972                 : 
    1973                 :     /* We need only consider GUCs not already at PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    1974 GNC         160 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    1975                 :     {
    1976             157 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    1977                 :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    1978 ECB             : 
    1979 EUB             :         /* Don't reset non-SET-able values */
    1980 GIC         157 :         if (gconf->context != PGC_SUSET &&
    1981             144 :             gconf->context != PGC_USERSET)
    1982              92 :             continue;
    1983                 :         /* Don't reset if special exclusion from RESET ALL */
    1984              65 :         if (gconf->flags & GUC_NO_RESET_ALL)
    1985              12 :             continue;
    1986 ECB             :         /* No need to reset if wasn't SET */
    1987 CBC          53 :         if (gconf->source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE)
    1988 GIC          47 :             continue;
    1989                 : 
    1990                 :         /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    1991 CBC           6 :         push_old_value(gconf, GUC_ACTION_SET);
    1992                 : 
    1993 GIC           6 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    1994                 :         {
    1995 LBC           0 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    1996 ECB             :                 {
    1997 LBC           0 :                     struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    1998                 : 
    1999               0 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2000 UIC           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2001                 :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2002               0 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2003               0 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2004                 :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2005               0 :                     break;
    2006                 :                 }
    2007 LBC           0 :             case PGC_INT:
    2008                 :                 {
    2009 UIC           0 :                     struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    2010                 : 
    2011               0 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2012               0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2013                 :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2014               0 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2015 LBC           0 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2016 ECB             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2017 UIC           0 :                     break;
    2018                 :                 }
    2019 CBC           3 :             case PGC_REAL:
    2020                 :                 {
    2021 GIC           3 :                     struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    2022 ECB             : 
    2023 CBC           3 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2024 LBC           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2025                 :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2026 GIC           3 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2027 CBC           3 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2028 ECB             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2029 GIC           3 :                     break;
    2030 ECB             :                 }
    2031 GIC           3 :             case PGC_STRING:
    2032                 :                 {
    2033               3 :                     struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    2034                 : 
    2035               3 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2036 LBC           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2037 ECB             :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2038 CBC           3 :                     set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, conf->reset_val);
    2039 GIC           3 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2040 ECB             :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2041 GIC           3 :                     break;
    2042 ECB             :                 }
    2043 UIC           0 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    2044                 :                 {
    2045               0 :                     struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    2046                 : 
    2047 LBC           0 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    2048 UIC           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(conf->reset_val,
    2049                 :                                           conf->reset_extra);
    2050               0 :                     *conf->variable = conf->reset_val;
    2051               0 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2052                 :                                     conf->reset_extra);
    2053 LBC           0 :                     break;
    2054 EUB             :                 }
    2055 ECB             :         }
    2056                 : 
    2057 GNC           6 :         set_guc_source(gconf, gconf->reset_source);
    2058 CBC           6 :         gconf->scontext = gconf->reset_scontext;
    2059 GIC           6 :         gconf->srole = gconf->reset_srole;
    2060 ECB             : 
    2061 GNC           6 :         if ((gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2062 ECB             :         {
    2063 UIC           0 :             gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2064 UNC           0 :             slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2065                 :         }
    2066                 :     }
    2067 GIC           3 : }
    2068                 : 
    2069                 : 
    2070                 : /*
    2071                 :  * Apply a change to a GUC variable's "source" field.
    2072                 :  *
    2073                 :  * Use this rather than just assigning, to ensure that the variable's
    2074                 :  * membership in guc_nondef_list is updated correctly.
    2075                 :  */
    2076                 : static void
    2077 GNC      278789 : set_guc_source(struct config_generic *gconf, GucSource newsource)
    2078                 : {
    2079                 :     /* Adjust nondef list membership if appropriate for change */
    2080          278789 :     if (gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2081                 :     {
    2082          196349 :         if (newsource != PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2083          196282 :             dlist_push_tail(&guc_nondef_list, &gconf->nondef_link);
    2084                 :     }
    2085                 :     else
    2086                 :     {
    2087           82440 :         if (newsource == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    2088           11348 :             dlist_delete(&gconf->nondef_link);
    2089                 :     }
    2090                 :     /* Now update the source field */
    2091          278789 :     gconf->source = newsource;
    2092          278789 : }
    2093                 : 
    2094                 : 
    2095 ECB             : /*
    2096 EUB             :  * push_old_value
    2097                 :  *      Push previous state during transactional assignment to a GUC variable.
    2098                 :  */
    2099                 : static void
    2100 GIC       47182 : push_old_value(struct config_generic *gconf, GucAction action)
    2101                 : {
    2102                 :     GucStack   *stack;
    2103 ECB             : 
    2104                 :     /* If we're not inside a nest level, do nothing */
    2105 GIC       47182 :     if (GUCNestLevel == 0)
    2106 LBC           0 :         return;
    2107 ECB             : 
    2108                 :     /* Do we already have a stack entry of the current nest level? */
    2109 GIC       47182 :     stack = gconf->stack;
    2110           47182 :     if (stack && stack->nest_level >= GUCNestLevel)
    2111 ECB             :     {
    2112                 :         /* Yes, so adjust its state if necessary */
    2113 GIC        5496 :         Assert(stack->nest_level == GUCNestLevel);
    2114            5496 :         switch (action)
    2115                 :         {
    2116            5463 :             case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2117                 :                 /* SET overrides any prior action at same nest level */
    2118            5463 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2119 ECB             :                 {
    2120                 :                     /* must discard old masked value */
    2121 UIC           0 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2122                 :                 }
    2123 GIC        5463 :                 stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2124            5463 :                 break;
    2125              33 :             case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2126              33 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2127                 :                 {
    2128                 :                     /* SET followed by SET LOCAL, remember SET's value */
    2129               6 :                     stack->masked_scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2130 CBC           6 :                     stack->masked_srole = gconf->srole;
    2131               6 :                     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->masked);
    2132 GIC           6 :                     stack->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2133 ECB             :                 }
    2134                 :                 /* in all other cases, no change to stack entry */
    2135 GIC          33 :                 break;
    2136 UIC           0 :             case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2137                 :                 /* Could only have a prior SAVE of same variable */
    2138 LBC           0 :                 Assert(stack->state == GUC_SAVE);
    2139 UIC           0 :                 break;
    2140                 :         }
    2141 GIC        5496 :         return;
    2142                 :     }
    2143                 : 
    2144                 :     /*
    2145                 :      * Push a new stack entry
    2146                 :      *
    2147 ECB             :      * We keep all the stack entries in TopTransactionContext for simplicity.
    2148                 :      */
    2149 GIC       41686 :     stack = (GucStack *) MemoryContextAllocZero(TopTransactionContext,
    2150                 :                                                 sizeof(GucStack));
    2151                 : 
    2152           41686 :     stack->prev = gconf->stack;
    2153           41686 :     stack->nest_level = GUCNestLevel;
    2154           41686 :     switch (action)
    2155 ECB             :     {
    2156 GIC       21368 :         case GUC_ACTION_SET:
    2157           21368 :             stack->state = GUC_SET;
    2158 CBC       21368 :             break;
    2159            3928 :         case GUC_ACTION_LOCAL:
    2160            3928 :             stack->state = GUC_LOCAL;
    2161 GIC        3928 :             break;
    2162           16390 :         case GUC_ACTION_SAVE:
    2163 CBC       16390 :             stack->state = GUC_SAVE;
    2164 GBC       16390 :             break;
    2165                 :     }
    2166 CBC       41686 :     stack->source = gconf->source;
    2167           41686 :     stack->scontext = gconf->scontext;
    2168           41686 :     stack->srole = gconf->srole;
    2169 GIC       41686 :     set_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2170 ECB             : 
    2171 GNC       41686 :     if (gconf->stack == NULL)
    2172           41607 :         slist_push_head(&guc_stack_list, &gconf->stack_link);
    2173 GIC       41686 :     gconf->stack = stack;
    2174                 : }
    2175                 : 
    2176 ECB             : 
    2177                 : /*
    2178                 :  * Do GUC processing at main transaction start.
    2179                 :  */
    2180                 : void
    2181 GIC      486644 : AtStart_GUC(void)
    2182 ECB             : {
    2183                 :     /*
    2184                 :      * The nest level should be 0 between transactions; if it isn't, somebody
    2185                 :      * didn't call AtEOXact_GUC, or called it with the wrong nestLevel.  We
    2186                 :      * throw a warning but make no other effort to clean up.
    2187                 :      */
    2188 GIC      486644 :     if (GUCNestLevel != 0)
    2189 UIC           0 :         elog(WARNING, "GUC nest level = %d at transaction start",
    2190                 :              GUCNestLevel);
    2191 GIC      486644 :     GUCNestLevel = 1;
    2192          486644 : }
    2193 ECB             : 
    2194 EUB             : /*
    2195                 :  * Enter a new nesting level for GUC values.  This is called at subtransaction
    2196                 :  * start, and when entering a function that has proconfig settings, and in
    2197 ECB             :  * some other places where we want to set GUC variables transiently.
    2198                 :  * NOTE we must not risk error here, else subtransaction start will be unhappy.
    2199                 :  */
    2200                 : int
    2201 CBC      308873 : NewGUCNestLevel(void)
    2202 ECB             : {
    2203 CBC      308873 :     return ++GUCNestLevel;
    2204                 : }
    2205                 : 
    2206                 : /*
    2207 ECB             :  * Do GUC processing at transaction or subtransaction commit or abort, or
    2208                 :  * when exiting a function that has proconfig settings, or when undoing a
    2209 EUB             :  * transient assignment to some GUC variables.  (The name is thus a bit of
    2210                 :  * a misnomer; perhaps it should be ExitGUCNestLevel or some such.)
    2211                 :  * During abort, we discard all GUC settings that were applied at nesting
    2212                 :  * levels >= nestLevel.  nestLevel == 1 corresponds to the main transaction.
    2213                 :  */
    2214                 : void
    2215 GIC      794987 : AtEOXact_GUC(bool isCommit, int nestLevel)
    2216 EUB             : {
    2217                 :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2218                 : 
    2219                 :     /*
    2220                 :      * Note: it's possible to get here with GUCNestLevel == nestLevel-1 during
    2221                 :      * abort, if there is a failure during transaction start before
    2222                 :      * AtStart_GUC is called.
    2223                 :      */
    2224 GIC      794987 :     Assert(nestLevel > 0 &&
    2225                 :            (nestLevel <= GUCNestLevel ||
    2226 ECB             :             (nestLevel == GUCNestLevel + 1 && !isCommit)));
    2227                 : 
    2228                 :     /* We need only process GUCs having nonempty stacks */
    2229 GNC      839601 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_stack_list)
    2230                 :     {
    2231           44614 :         struct config_generic *gconf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2232                 :                                                        stack_link, iter.cur);
    2233                 :         GucStack   *stack;
    2234                 : 
    2235                 :         /*
    2236                 :          * Process and pop each stack entry within the nest level. To simplify
    2237                 :          * fmgr_security_definer() and other places that use GUC_ACTION_SAVE,
    2238                 :          * we allow failure exit from code that uses a local nest level to be
    2239                 :          * recovered at the surrounding transaction or subtransaction abort;
    2240                 :          * so there could be more than one stack entry to pop.
    2241 ECB             :          */
    2242 GIC       86316 :         while ((stack = gconf->stack) != NULL &&
    2243           44711 :                stack->nest_level >= nestLevel)
    2244                 :         {
    2245           41702 :             GucStack   *prev = stack->prev;
    2246           41702 :             bool        restorePrior = false;
    2247           41702 :             bool        restoreMasked = false;
    2248                 :             bool        changed;
    2249 ECB             : 
    2250 EUB             :             /*
    2251                 :              * In this next bit, if we don't set either restorePrior or
    2252                 :              * restoreMasked, we must "discard" any unwanted fields of the
    2253 ECB             :              * stack entries to avoid leaking memory.  If we do set one of
    2254 EUB             :              * those flags, unused fields will be cleaned up after restoring.
    2255                 :              */
    2256 CBC       41702 :             if (!isCommit)      /* if abort, always restore prior value */
    2257            2036 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2258           39666 :             else if (stack->state == GUC_SAVE)
    2259 GIC       16017 :                 restorePrior = true;
    2260 CBC       23649 :             else if (stack->nest_level == 1)
    2261                 :             {
    2262                 :                 /* transaction commit */
    2263           23628 :                 if (stack->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2264 GIC           6 :                     restoreMasked = true;
    2265           23622 :                 else if (stack->state == GUC_SET)
    2266                 :                 {
    2267                 :                     /* we keep the current active value */
    2268 CBC       20504 :                     discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2269                 :                 }
    2270                 :                 else            /* must be GUC_LOCAL */
    2271 GIC        3118 :                     restorePrior = true;
    2272                 :             }
    2273              21 :             else if (prev == NULL ||
    2274 CBC           6 :                      prev->nest_level < stack->nest_level - 1)
    2275 ECB             :             {
    2276                 :                 /* decrement entry's level and do not pop it */
    2277 GIC          18 :                 stack->nest_level--;
    2278 CBC          18 :                 continue;
    2279 ECB             :             }
    2280                 :             else
    2281                 :             {
    2282                 :                 /*
    2283                 :                  * We have to merge this stack entry into prev. See README for
    2284                 :                  * discussion of this bit.
    2285                 :                  */
    2286 GBC           3 :                 switch (stack->state)
    2287                 :                 {
    2288 LBC           0 :                     case GUC_SAVE:
    2289               0 :                         Assert(false);  /* can't get here */
    2290                 :                         break;
    2291                 : 
    2292 CBC           3 :                     case GUC_SET:
    2293 ECB             :                         /* next level always becomes SET */
    2294 CBC           3 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2295 GIC           3 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2296 UIC           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2297 CBC           3 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET;
    2298 GIC           3 :                         break;
    2299 EUB             : 
    2300 UIC           0 :                     case GUC_LOCAL:
    2301               0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET)
    2302                 :                         {
    2303                 :                             /* LOCAL migrates down */
    2304               0 :                             prev->masked_scontext = stack->scontext;
    2305               0 :                             prev->masked_srole = stack->srole;
    2306 UBC           0 :                             prev->masked = stack->prior;
    2307               0 :                             prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2308                 :                         }
    2309                 :                         else
    2310                 :                         {
    2311                 :                             /* else just forget this stack level */
    2312 UIC           0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2313                 :                         }
    2314               0 :                         break;
    2315                 : 
    2316               0 :                     case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    2317 ECB             :                         /* prior state at this level no longer wanted */
    2318 LBC           0 :                         discard_stack_value(gconf, &stack->prior);
    2319 ECB             :                         /* copy down the masked state */
    2320 UIC           0 :                         prev->masked_scontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2321               0 :                         prev->masked_srole = stack->masked_srole;
    2322 LBC           0 :                         if (prev->state == GUC_SET_LOCAL)
    2323               0 :                             discard_stack_value(gconf, &prev->masked);
    2324 UIC           0 :                         prev->masked = stack->masked;
    2325               0 :                         prev->state = GUC_SET_LOCAL;
    2326 LBC           0 :                         break;
    2327 ECB             :                 }
    2328                 :             }
    2329                 : 
    2330 GIC       41684 :             changed = false;
    2331                 : 
    2332           41684 :             if (restorePrior || restoreMasked)
    2333                 :             {
    2334                 :                 /* Perform appropriate restoration of the stacked value */
    2335                 :                 config_var_value newvalue;
    2336                 :                 GucSource   newsource;
    2337                 :                 GucContext  newscontext;
    2338                 :                 Oid         newsrole;
    2339                 : 
    2340           21177 :                 if (restoreMasked)
    2341                 :                 {
    2342               6 :                     newvalue = stack->masked;
    2343               6 :                     newsource = PGC_S_SESSION;
    2344               6 :                     newscontext = stack->masked_scontext;
    2345 CBC           6 :                     newsrole = stack->masked_srole;
    2346                 :                 }
    2347                 :                 else
    2348                 :                 {
    2349 GIC       21171 :                     newvalue = stack->prior;
    2350           21171 :                     newsource = stack->source;
    2351           21171 :                     newscontext = stack->scontext;
    2352           21171 :                     newsrole = stack->srole;
    2353                 :                 }
    2354                 : 
    2355           21177 :                 switch (gconf->vartype)
    2356                 :                 {
    2357            1657 :                     case PGC_BOOL:
    2358                 :                         {
    2359            1657 :                             struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    2360            1657 :                             bool        newval = newvalue.val.boolval;
    2361            1657 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2362                 : 
    2363            1657 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2364             212 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2365                 :                             {
    2366            1445 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2367 UIC           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2368 GIC        1445 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2369            1445 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2370 ECB             :                                                 newextra);
    2371 CBC        1445 :                                 changed = true;
    2372                 :                             }
    2373 GIC        1657 :                             break;
    2374 EUB             :                         }
    2375 GIC        4052 :                     case PGC_INT:
    2376                 :                         {
    2377 CBC        4052 :                             struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    2378 GIC        4052 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.intval;
    2379            4052 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2380                 : 
    2381            4052 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2382              92 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2383 ECB             :                             {
    2384 CBC        3960 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2385 LBC           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2386 CBC        3960 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2387            3960 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2388 ECB             :                                                 newextra);
    2389 GBC        3960 :                                 changed = true;
    2390 ECB             :                             }
    2391 GIC        4052 :                             break;
    2392                 :                         }
    2393             686 :                     case PGC_REAL:
    2394                 :                         {
    2395             686 :                             struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    2396 CBC         686 :                             double      newval = newvalue.val.realval;
    2397 GIC         686 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2398 ECB             : 
    2399 CBC         686 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2400              12 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2401                 :                             {
    2402             674 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2403 LBC           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2404 GIC         674 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2405             674 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2406                 :                                                 newextra);
    2407 CBC         674 :                                 changed = true;
    2408 ECB             :                             }
    2409 GIC         686 :                             break;
    2410                 :                         }
    2411 CBC        7645 :                     case PGC_STRING:
    2412                 :                         {
    2413 GIC        7645 :                             struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    2414            7645 :                             char       *newval = newvalue.val.stringval;
    2415            7645 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2416                 : 
    2417            7645 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2418               7 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2419                 :                             {
    2420            7638 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2421            7393 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2422            7638 :                                 set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
    2423            7638 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2424 ECB             :                                                 newextra);
    2425 GIC        7638 :                                 changed = true;
    2426 ECB             :                             }
    2427                 : 
    2428                 :                             /*
    2429                 :                              * Release stacked values if not used anymore. We
    2430                 :                              * could use discard_stack_value() here, but since
    2431                 :                              * we have type-specific code anyway, might as
    2432                 :                              * well inline it.
    2433                 :                              */
    2434 GIC        7645 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval, NULL);
    2435            7645 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->masked.val.stringval, NULL);
    2436            7645 :                             break;
    2437 ECB             :                         }
    2438 GIC        7137 :                     case PGC_ENUM:
    2439                 :                         {
    2440            7137 :                             struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    2441 CBC        7137 :                             int         newval = newvalue.val.enumval;
    2442            7137 :                             void       *newextra = newvalue.extra;
    2443                 : 
    2444 GIC        7137 :                             if (*conf->variable != newval ||
    2445 CBC         418 :                                 conf->gen.extra != newextra)
    2446 ECB             :                             {
    2447 CBC        6719 :                                 if (conf->assign_hook)
    2448 LBC           0 :                                     conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    2449 GIC        6719 :                                 *conf->variable = newval;
    2450 CBC        6719 :                                 set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    2451                 :                                                 newextra);
    2452            6719 :                                 changed = true;
    2453                 :                             }
    2454 GIC        7137 :                             break;
    2455                 :                         }
    2456                 :                 }
    2457                 : 
    2458                 :                 /*
    2459                 :                  * Release stacked extra values if not used anymore.
    2460                 :                  */
    2461           21177 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->prior.extra), NULL);
    2462           21177 :                 set_extra_field(gconf, &(stack->masked.extra), NULL);
    2463 EUB             : 
    2464                 :                 /* And restore source information */
    2465 GNC       21177 :                 set_guc_source(gconf, newsource);
    2466 GIC       21177 :                 gconf->scontext = newscontext;
    2467 CBC       21177 :                 gconf->srole = newsrole;
    2468                 :             }
    2469                 : 
    2470                 :             /*
    2471                 :              * Pop the GUC's state stack; if it's now empty, remove the GUC
    2472                 :              * from guc_stack_list.
    2473                 :              */
    2474           41684 :             gconf->stack = prev;
    2475 GNC       41684 :             if (prev == NULL)
    2476           41605 :                 slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2477 GIC       41684 :             pfree(stack);
    2478                 : 
    2479                 :             /* Report new value if we changed it */
    2480 GNC       41684 :             if (changed && (gconf->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    2481            6717 :                 !(gconf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    2482 ECB             :             {
    2483 GIC         101 :                 gconf->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2484 GNC         101 :                 slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &gconf->report_link);
    2485 ECB             :             }
    2486                 :         }                       /* end of stack-popping loop */
    2487                 :     }
    2488                 : 
    2489                 :     /* Update nesting level */
    2490 GIC      794987 :     GUCNestLevel = nestLevel - 1;
    2491          794987 : }
    2492                 : 
    2493                 : 
    2494                 : /*
    2495                 :  * Start up automatic reporting of changes to variables marked GUC_REPORT.
    2496                 :  * This is executed at completion of backend startup.
    2497 EUB             :  */
    2498                 : void
    2499 GIC        8931 : BeginReportingGUCOptions(void)
    2500                 : {
    2501                 :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    2502                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    2503                 : 
    2504                 :     /*
    2505                 :      * Don't do anything unless talking to an interactive frontend.
    2506 ECB             :      */
    2507 GIC        8931 :     if (whereToSendOutput != DestRemote)
    2508             312 :         return;
    2509                 : 
    2510 CBC        8619 :     reporting_enabled = true;
    2511 ECB             : 
    2512                 :     /*
    2513                 :      * Hack for in_hot_standby: set the GUC value true if appropriate.  This
    2514                 :      * is kind of an ugly place to do it, but there's few better options.
    2515                 :      *
    2516                 :      * (This could be out of date by the time we actually send it, in which
    2517                 :      * case the next ReportChangedGUCOptions call will send a duplicate
    2518                 :      * report.)
    2519                 :      */
    2520 GIC        8619 :     if (RecoveryInProgress())
    2521 GBC         409 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "true",
    2522                 :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2523                 : 
    2524                 :     /* Transmit initial values of interesting variables */
    2525 GNC        8619 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    2526         3190639 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    2527                 :     {
    2528         3173401 :         struct config_generic *conf = hentry->gucvar;
    2529                 : 
    2530 GIC     3173401 :         if (conf->flags & GUC_REPORT)
    2531          120666 :             ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2532                 :     }
    2533                 : }
    2534                 : 
    2535 ECB             : /*
    2536                 :  * ReportChangedGUCOptions: report recently-changed GUC_REPORT variables
    2537                 :  *
    2538                 :  * This is called just before we wait for a new client query.
    2539                 :  *
    2540                 :  * By handling things this way, we ensure that a ParameterStatus message
    2541                 :  * is sent at most once per variable per query, even if the variable
    2542                 :  * changed multiple times within the query.  That's quite possible when
    2543                 :  * using features such as function SET clauses.  Function SET clauses
    2544                 :  * also tend to cause values to change intraquery but eventually revert
    2545                 :  * to their prevailing values; ReportGUCOption is responsible for avoiding
    2546                 :  * redundant reports in such cases.
    2547                 :  */
    2548                 : void
    2549 GIC      463194 : ReportChangedGUCOptions(void)
    2550                 : {
    2551                 :     slist_mutable_iter iter;
    2552                 : 
    2553                 :     /* Quick exit if not (yet) enabled */
    2554          463194 :     if (!reporting_enabled)
    2555 CBC      212109 :         return;
    2556                 : 
    2557                 :     /*
    2558 ECB             :      * Since in_hot_standby isn't actually changed by normal GUC actions, we
    2559                 :      * need a hack to check whether a new value needs to be reported to the
    2560                 :      * client.  For speed, we rely on the assumption that it can never
    2561                 :      * transition from false to true.
    2562                 :      */
    2563 GNC      251085 :     if (in_hot_standby_guc && !RecoveryInProgress())
    2564 GIC           2 :         SetConfigOption("in_hot_standby", "false",
    2565 ECB             :                         PGC_INTERNAL, PGC_S_OVERRIDE);
    2566                 : 
    2567                 :     /* Transmit new values of interesting variables */
    2568 GNC      320234 :     slist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_report_list)
    2569                 :     {
    2570           69149 :         struct config_generic *conf = slist_container(struct config_generic,
    2571                 :                                                       report_link, iter.cur);
    2572                 : 
    2573           69149 :         Assert((conf->flags & GUC_REPORT) && (conf->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT));
    2574           69149 :         ReportGUCOption(conf);
    2575           69149 :         conf->status &= ~GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    2576           69149 :         slist_delete_current(&iter);
    2577                 :     }
    2578                 : }
    2579 ECB             : 
    2580                 : /*
    2581                 :  * ReportGUCOption: if appropriate, transmit option value to frontend
    2582                 :  *
    2583                 :  * We need not transmit the value if it's the same as what we last
    2584                 :  * transmitted.
    2585                 :  */
    2586                 : static void
    2587 GIC      189815 : ReportGUCOption(struct config_generic *record)
    2588 ECB             : {
    2589 GNC      189815 :     char       *val = ShowGUCOption(record, false);
    2590                 : 
    2591 GIC      189815 :     if (record->last_reported == NULL ||
    2592 CBC       69149 :         strcmp(val, record->last_reported) != 0)
    2593 ECB             :     {
    2594                 :         StringInfoData msgbuf;
    2595                 : 
    2596 CBC      124672 :         pq_beginmessage(&msgbuf, 'S');
    2597          124672 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, record->name);
    2598          124672 :         pq_sendstring(&msgbuf, val);
    2599          124672 :         pq_endmessage(&msgbuf);
    2600                 : 
    2601 ECB             :         /*
    2602                 :          * We need a long-lifespan copy.  If guc_strdup() fails due to OOM,
    2603                 :          * we'll set last_reported to NULL and thereby possibly make a
    2604                 :          * duplicate report later.
    2605                 :          */
    2606 GNC      124672 :         guc_free(record->last_reported);
    2607          124672 :         record->last_reported = guc_strdup(LOG, val);
    2608                 :     }
    2609                 : 
    2610 GIC      189815 :     pfree(val);
    2611          189815 : }
    2612 EUB             : 
    2613                 : /*
    2614                 :  * Convert a value from one of the human-friendly units ("kB", "min" etc.)
    2615                 :  * to the given base unit.  'value' and 'unit' are the input value and unit
    2616 ECB             :  * to convert from (there can be trailing spaces in the unit string).
    2617                 :  * The converted value is stored in *base_value.
    2618                 :  * It's caller's responsibility to round off the converted value as necessary
    2619                 :  * and check for out-of-range.
    2620                 :  *
    2621                 :  * Returns true on success, false if the input unit is not recognized.
    2622                 :  */
    2623                 : static bool
    2624 GIC        6102 : convert_to_base_unit(double value, const char *unit,
    2625                 :                      int base_unit, double *base_value)
    2626                 : {
    2627                 :     char        unitstr[MAX_UNIT_LEN + 1];
    2628                 :     int         unitlen;
    2629                 :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2630                 :     int         i;
    2631                 : 
    2632                 :     /* extract unit string to compare to table entries */
    2633            6102 :     unitlen = 0;
    2634           18249 :     while (*unit != '\0' && !isspace((unsigned char) *unit) &&
    2635                 :            unitlen < MAX_UNIT_LEN)
    2636           12147 :         unitstr[unitlen++] = *(unit++);
    2637            6102 :     unitstr[unitlen] = '\0';
    2638                 :     /* allow whitespace after unit */
    2639            6102 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *unit))
    2640 UIC           0 :         unit++;
    2641 GIC        6102 :     if (*unit != '\0')
    2642 UIC           0 :         return false;           /* unit too long, or garbage after it */
    2643                 : 
    2644                 :     /* now search the appropriate table */
    2645 GIC        6102 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2646            5125 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2647                 :     else
    2648             977 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2649                 : 
    2650           77018 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2651                 :     {
    2652           77018 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit &&
    2653           19448 :             strcmp(unitstr, table[i].unit) == 0)
    2654                 :         {
    2655            6102 :             double      cvalue = value * table[i].multiplier;
    2656                 : 
    2657                 :             /*
    2658                 :              * If the user gave a fractional value such as "30.1GB", round it
    2659                 :              * off to the nearest multiple of the next smaller unit, if there
    2660                 :              * is one.
    2661                 :              */
    2662            6102 :             if (*table[i + 1].unit &&
    2663            6102 :                 base_unit == table[i + 1].base_unit)
    2664            6099 :                 cvalue = rint(cvalue / table[i + 1].multiplier) *
    2665            6099 :                     table[i + 1].multiplier;
    2666                 : 
    2667            6102 :             *base_value = cvalue;
    2668            6102 :             return true;
    2669                 :         }
    2670                 :     }
    2671 UIC           0 :     return false;
    2672                 : }
    2673                 : 
    2674                 : /*
    2675                 :  * Convert an integer value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2676                 :  *
    2677                 :  * The output unit is chosen so that it's the greatest unit that can represent
    2678                 :  * the value without loss.  For example, if the base unit is GUC_UNIT_KB, 1024
    2679                 :  * is converted to 1 MB, but 1025 is represented as 1025 kB.
    2680                 :  */
    2681                 : static void
    2682 GIC         298 : convert_int_from_base_unit(int64 base_value, int base_unit,
    2683                 :                            int64 *value, const char **unit)
    2684                 : {
    2685                 :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2686                 :     int         i;
    2687                 : 
    2688             298 :     *unit = NULL;
    2689                 : 
    2690             298 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2691             266 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2692                 :     else
    2693              32 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2694                 : 
    2695            1988 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2696                 :     {
    2697            1988 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2698                 :         {
    2699                 :             /*
    2700                 :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly.  We
    2701                 :              * assume that the conversions for each base unit are ordered from
    2702                 :              * greatest unit to the smallest!
    2703                 :              */
    2704             939 :             if (table[i].multiplier <= 1.0 ||
    2705             898 :                 base_value % (int64) table[i].multiplier == 0)
    2706                 :             {
    2707             298 :                 *value = (int64) rint(base_value / table[i].multiplier);
    2708             298 :                 *unit = table[i].unit;
    2709             298 :                 break;
    2710                 :             }
    2711                 :         }
    2712                 :     }
    2713                 : 
    2714             298 :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2715             298 : }
    2716                 : 
    2717                 : /*
    2718                 :  * Convert a floating-point value in some base unit to a human-friendly unit.
    2719                 :  *
    2720                 :  * Same as above, except we have to do the math a bit differently, and
    2721                 :  * there's a possibility that we don't find any exact divisor.
    2722                 :  */
    2723                 : static void
    2724             134 : convert_real_from_base_unit(double base_value, int base_unit,
    2725                 :                             double *value, const char **unit)
    2726                 : {
    2727                 :     const unit_conversion *table;
    2728                 :     int         i;
    2729                 : 
    2730             134 :     *unit = NULL;
    2731                 : 
    2732             134 :     if (base_unit & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2733 UIC           0 :         table = memory_unit_conversion_table;
    2734                 :     else
    2735 GIC         134 :         table = time_unit_conversion_table;
    2736                 : 
    2737             682 :     for (i = 0; *table[i].unit; i++)
    2738                 :     {
    2739             682 :         if (base_unit == table[i].base_unit)
    2740                 :         {
    2741                 :             /*
    2742                 :              * Accept the first conversion that divides the value evenly; or
    2743                 :              * if there is none, use the smallest (last) target unit.
    2744                 :              *
    2745                 :              * What we actually care about here is whether snprintf with "%g"
    2746                 :              * will print the value as an integer, so the obvious test of
    2747                 :              * "*value == rint(*value)" is too strict; roundoff error might
    2748                 :              * make us choose an unreasonably small unit.  As a compromise,
    2749                 :              * accept a divisor that is within 1e-8 of producing an integer.
    2750                 :              */
    2751             682 :             *value = base_value / table[i].multiplier;
    2752             682 :             *unit = table[i].unit;
    2753             682 :             if (*value > 0 &&
    2754             682 :                 fabs((rint(*value) / *value) - 1.0) <= 1e-8)
    2755             134 :                 break;
    2756                 :         }
    2757                 :     }
    2758                 : 
    2759             134 :     Assert(*unit != NULL);
    2760             134 : }
    2761                 : 
    2762                 : /*
    2763                 :  * Return the name of a GUC's base unit (e.g. "ms") given its flags.
    2764                 :  * Return NULL if the GUC is unitless.
    2765                 :  */
    2766                 : const char *
    2767          398510 : get_config_unit_name(int flags)
    2768                 : {
    2769          398510 :     switch (flags & (GUC_UNIT_MEMORY | GUC_UNIT_TIME))
    2770                 :     {
    2771          325745 :         case 0:
    2772          325745 :             return NULL;        /* GUC has no units */
    2773            5430 :         case GUC_UNIT_BYTE:
    2774            5430 :             return "B";
    2775           13032 :         case GUC_UNIT_KB:
    2776           13032 :             return "kB";
    2777            6516 :         case GUC_UNIT_MB:
    2778            6516 :             return "MB";
    2779            9774 :         case GUC_UNIT_BLOCKS:
    2780                 :             {
    2781                 :                 static char bbuf[8];
    2782                 : 
    2783                 :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2784            9774 :                 if (bbuf[0] == '\0')
    2785              21 :                     snprintf(bbuf, sizeof(bbuf), "%dkB", BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2786            9774 :                 return bbuf;
    2787                 :             }
    2788            2172 :         case GUC_UNIT_XBLOCKS:
    2789                 :             {
    2790                 :                 static char xbuf[8];
    2791                 : 
    2792                 :                 /* initialize if first time through */
    2793            2172 :                 if (xbuf[0] == '\0')
    2794              21 :                     snprintf(xbuf, sizeof(xbuf), "%dkB", XLOG_BLCKSZ / 1024);
    2795            2172 :                 return xbuf;
    2796                 :             }
    2797           22809 :         case GUC_UNIT_MS:
    2798           22809 :             return "ms";
    2799           10860 :         case GUC_UNIT_S:
    2800           10860 :             return "s";
    2801            2172 :         case GUC_UNIT_MIN:
    2802            2172 :             return "min";
    2803 UIC           0 :         default:
    2804               0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized GUC units value: %d",
    2805                 :                  flags & (GUC_UNIT_MEMORY | GUC_UNIT_TIME));
    2806                 :             return NULL;
    2807                 :     }
    2808                 : }
    2809                 : 
    2810                 : 
    2811                 : /*
    2812                 :  * Try to parse value as an integer.  The accepted formats are the
    2813                 :  * usual decimal, octal, or hexadecimal formats, as well as floating-point
    2814                 :  * formats (which will be rounded to integer after any units conversion).
    2815                 :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2816                 :  * a unit is allowed.
    2817                 :  *
    2818                 :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2819                 :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2820                 :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2821                 :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2822                 :  */
    2823                 : bool
    2824 GIC       40457 : parse_int(const char *value, int *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2825                 : {
    2826                 :     /*
    2827                 :      * We assume here that double is wide enough to represent any integer
    2828                 :      * value with adequate precision.
    2829                 :      */
    2830                 :     double      val;
    2831                 :     char       *endptr;
    2832                 : 
    2833                 :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2834           40457 :     if (result)
    2835           40457 :         *result = 0;
    2836           40457 :     if (hintmsg)
    2837           36994 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2838                 : 
    2839                 :     /*
    2840                 :      * Try to parse as an integer (allowing octal or hex input).  If the
    2841                 :      * conversion stops at a decimal point or 'e', or overflows, re-parse as
    2842                 :      * float.  This should work fine as long as we have no unit names starting
    2843                 :      * with 'e'.  If we ever do, the test could be extended to check for a
    2844                 :      * sign or digit after 'e', but for now that's unnecessary.
    2845                 :      */
    2846           40457 :     errno = 0;
    2847           40457 :     val = strtol(value, &endptr, 0);
    2848           40457 :     if (*endptr == '.' || *endptr == 'e' || *endptr == 'E' ||
    2849           40451 :         errno == ERANGE)
    2850                 :     {
    2851               6 :         errno = 0;
    2852               6 :         val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2853                 :     }
    2854                 : 
    2855           40457 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2856              11 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2857                 : 
    2858                 :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range check below) */
    2859           40446 :     if (isnan(val))
    2860 UIC           0 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2861                 : 
    2862                 :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2863 GIC       40464 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2864              18 :         endptr++;
    2865                 : 
    2866                 :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2867           40446 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2868                 :     {
    2869            6098 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2870               2 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2871                 : 
    2872            6096 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2873                 :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2874                 :                                   &val))
    2875                 :         {
    2876                 :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2877 UIC           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2878                 :             {
    2879               0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2880               0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2881                 :                 else
    2882               0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2883                 :             }
    2884               0 :             return false;
    2885                 :         }
    2886                 :     }
    2887                 : 
    2888                 :     /* Round to int, then check for overflow */
    2889 GIC       40444 :     val = rint(val);
    2890                 : 
    2891           40444 :     if (val > INT_MAX || val < INT_MIN)
    2892                 :     {
    2893               3 :         if (hintmsg)
    2894               3 :             *hintmsg = gettext_noop("Value exceeds integer range.");
    2895               3 :         return false;
    2896                 :     }
    2897                 : 
    2898           40441 :     if (result)
    2899           40441 :         *result = (int) val;
    2900           40441 :     return true;
    2901                 : }
    2902                 : 
    2903                 : /*
    2904                 :  * Try to parse value as a floating point number in the usual format.
    2905                 :  * Optionally, the value can be followed by a unit name if "flags" indicates
    2906                 :  * a unit is allowed.
    2907                 :  *
    2908                 :  * If the string parses okay, return true, else false.
    2909                 :  * If okay and result is not NULL, return the value in *result.
    2910                 :  * If not okay and hintmsg is not NULL, *hintmsg is set to a suitable
    2911                 :  * HINT message, or NULL if no hint provided.
    2912                 :  */
    2913                 : bool
    2914            3594 : parse_real(const char *value, double *result, int flags, const char **hintmsg)
    2915                 : {
    2916                 :     double      val;
    2917                 :     char       *endptr;
    2918                 : 
    2919                 :     /* To suppress compiler warnings, always set output params */
    2920            3594 :     if (result)
    2921            3594 :         *result = 0;
    2922            3594 :     if (hintmsg)
    2923            3356 :         *hintmsg = NULL;
    2924                 : 
    2925            3594 :     errno = 0;
    2926            3594 :     val = strtod(value, &endptr);
    2927                 : 
    2928            3594 :     if (endptr == value || errno == ERANGE)
    2929               8 :         return false;           /* no HINT for these cases */
    2930                 : 
    2931                 :     /* reject NaN (infinities will fail range checks later) */
    2932            3586 :     if (isnan(val))
    2933               3 :         return false;           /* treat same as syntax error; no HINT */
    2934                 : 
    2935                 :     /* allow whitespace between number and unit */
    2936            3583 :     while (isspace((unsigned char) *endptr))
    2937 UIC           0 :         endptr++;
    2938                 : 
    2939                 :     /* Handle possible unit */
    2940 GIC        3583 :     if (*endptr != '\0')
    2941                 :     {
    2942               8 :         if ((flags & GUC_UNIT) == 0)
    2943               2 :             return false;       /* this setting does not accept a unit */
    2944                 : 
    2945               6 :         if (!convert_to_base_unit(val,
    2946                 :                                   endptr, (flags & GUC_UNIT),
    2947                 :                                   &val))
    2948                 :         {
    2949                 :             /* invalid unit, or garbage after the unit; set hint and fail. */
    2950 UIC           0 :             if (hintmsg)
    2951                 :             {
    2952               0 :                 if (flags & GUC_UNIT_MEMORY)
    2953               0 :                     *hintmsg = memory_units_hint;
    2954                 :                 else
    2955               0 :                     *hintmsg = time_units_hint;
    2956                 :             }
    2957               0 :             return false;
    2958                 :         }
    2959                 :     }
    2960                 : 
    2961 GIC        3581 :     if (result)
    2962            3581 :         *result = val;
    2963            3581 :     return true;
    2964                 : }
    2965                 : 
    2966                 : 
    2967                 : /*
    2968                 :  * Lookup the name for an enum option with the selected value.
    2969                 :  * Should only ever be called with known-valid values, so throws
    2970                 :  * an elog(ERROR) if the enum option is not found.
    2971                 :  *
    2972                 :  * The returned string is a pointer to static data and not
    2973                 :  * allocated for modification.
    2974                 :  */
    2975                 : const char *
    2976          142858 : config_enum_lookup_by_value(struct config_enum *record, int val)
    2977                 : {
    2978                 :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    2979                 : 
    2980          381770 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    2981                 :     {
    2982          381770 :         if (entry->val == val)
    2983          142858 :             return entry->name;
    2984                 :     }
    2985                 : 
    2986 UIC           0 :     elog(ERROR, "could not find enum option %d for %s",
    2987                 :          val, record->gen.name);
    2988                 :     return NULL;                /* silence compiler */
    2989                 : }
    2990                 : 
    2991                 : 
    2992                 : /*
    2993                 :  * Lookup the value for an enum option with the selected name
    2994                 :  * (case-insensitive).
    2995                 :  * If the enum option is found, sets the retval value and returns
    2996                 :  * true. If it's not found, return false and retval is set to 0.
    2997                 :  */
    2998                 : bool
    2999 GIC       26446 : config_enum_lookup_by_name(struct config_enum *record, const char *value,
    3000                 :                            int *retval)
    3001                 : {
    3002                 :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3003                 : 
    3004           61803 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3005                 :     {
    3006           61788 :         if (pg_strcasecmp(value, entry->name) == 0)
    3007                 :         {
    3008           26431 :             *retval = entry->val;
    3009           26431 :             return true;
    3010                 :         }
    3011                 :     }
    3012                 : 
    3013              15 :     *retval = 0;
    3014              15 :     return false;
    3015                 : }
    3016                 : 
    3017                 : 
    3018                 : /*
    3019                 :  * Return a palloc'd string listing all the available options for an enum GUC
    3020                 :  * (excluding hidden ones), separated by the given separator.
    3021                 :  * If prefix is non-NULL, it is added before the first enum value.
    3022                 :  * If suffix is non-NULL, it is added to the end of the string.
    3023                 :  */
    3024                 : char *
    3025           42358 : config_enum_get_options(struct config_enum *record, const char *prefix,
    3026                 :                         const char *suffix, const char *separator)
    3027                 : {
    3028                 :     const struct config_enum_entry *entry;
    3029                 :     StringInfoData retstr;
    3030                 :     int         seplen;
    3031                 : 
    3032           42358 :     initStringInfo(&retstr);
    3033           42358 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, prefix);
    3034                 : 
    3035           42358 :     seplen = strlen(separator);
    3036          289990 :     for (entry = record->options; entry && entry->name; entry++)
    3037                 :     {
    3038          247632 :         if (!entry->hidden)
    3039                 :         {
    3040          178110 :             appendStringInfoString(&retstr, entry->name);
    3041          178110 :             appendBinaryStringInfo(&retstr, separator, seplen);
    3042                 :         }
    3043                 :     }
    3044                 : 
    3045                 :     /*
    3046                 :      * All the entries may have been hidden, leaving the string empty if no
    3047                 :      * prefix was given. This indicates a broken GUC setup, since there is no
    3048                 :      * use for an enum without any values, so we just check to make sure we
    3049                 :      * don't write to invalid memory instead of actually trying to do
    3050                 :      * something smart with it.
    3051                 :      */
    3052           42358 :     if (retstr.len >= seplen)
    3053                 :     {
    3054                 :         /* Replace final separator */
    3055           42358 :         retstr.data[retstr.len - seplen] = '\0';
    3056           42358 :         retstr.len -= seplen;
    3057                 :     }
    3058                 : 
    3059           42358 :     appendStringInfoString(&retstr, suffix);
    3060                 : 
    3061           42358 :     return retstr.data;
    3062                 : }
    3063                 : 
    3064                 : /*
    3065                 :  * Parse and validate a proposed value for the specified configuration
    3066                 :  * parameter.
    3067                 :  *
    3068                 :  * This does built-in checks (such as range limits for an integer parameter)
    3069                 :  * and also calls any check hook the parameter may have.
    3070                 :  *
    3071                 :  * record: GUC variable's info record
    3072                 :  * name: variable name (should match the record of course)
    3073                 :  * value: proposed value, as a string
    3074                 :  * source: identifies source of value (check hooks may need this)
    3075                 :  * elevel: level to log any error reports at
    3076                 :  * newval: on success, converted parameter value is returned here
    3077                 :  * newextra: on success, receives any "extra" data returned by check hook
    3078                 :  *  (caller must initialize *newextra to NULL)
    3079                 :  *
    3080                 :  * Returns true if OK, false if not (or throws error, if elevel >= ERROR)
    3081                 :  */
    3082                 : static bool
    3083          260557 : parse_and_validate_value(struct config_generic *record,
    3084                 :                          const char *name, const char *value,
    3085                 :                          GucSource source, int elevel,
    3086                 :                          union config_var_val *newval, void **newextra)
    3087                 : {
    3088          260557 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3089                 :     {
    3090           58426 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3091                 :             {
    3092           58426 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    3093                 : 
    3094           58426 :                 if (!parse_bool(value, &newval->boolval))
    3095                 :                 {
    3096 UIC           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3097                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3098                 :                              errmsg("parameter \"%s\" requires a Boolean value",
    3099                 :                                     name)));
    3100               0 :                     return false;
    3101                 :                 }
    3102                 : 
    3103 GIC       58426 :                 if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval->boolval, newextra,
    3104                 :                                           source, elevel))
    3105 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3106                 :             }
    3107 GIC       58414 :             break;
    3108           36970 :         case PGC_INT:
    3109                 :             {
    3110           36970 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    3111                 :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3112                 : 
    3113           36970 :                 if (!parse_int(value, &newval->intval,
    3114                 :                                conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
    3115                 :                 {
    3116 UIC           0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3117                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3118                 :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3119                 :                                     name, value),
    3120                 :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3121               0 :                     return false;
    3122                 :                 }
    3123                 : 
    3124 GIC       36970 :                 if (newval->intval < conf->min || newval->intval > conf->max)
    3125                 :                 {
    3126 UIC           0 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(conf->gen.flags);
    3127                 : 
    3128               0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3129                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3130                 :                              errmsg("%d%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%d .. %d)",
    3131                 :                                     newval->intval,
    3132                 :                                     unit ? " " : "",
    3133                 :                                     unit ? unit : "",
    3134                 :                                     name,
    3135                 :                                     conf->min, conf->max)));
    3136               0 :                     return false;
    3137                 :                 }
    3138                 : 
    3139 GIC       36970 :                 if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval->intval, newextra,
    3140                 :                                          source, elevel))
    3141 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3142                 :             }
    3143 GIC       36970 :             break;
    3144            3356 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3145                 :             {
    3146            3356 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    3147                 :                 const char *hintmsg;
    3148                 : 
    3149            3356 :                 if (!parse_real(value, &newval->realval,
    3150                 :                                 conf->gen.flags, &hintmsg))
    3151                 :                 {
    3152               3 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3153                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3154                 :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3155                 :                                     name, value),
    3156                 :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3157 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3158                 :                 }
    3159                 : 
    3160 GIC        3353 :                 if (newval->realval < conf->min || newval->realval > conf->max)
    3161                 :                 {
    3162               3 :                     const char *unit = get_config_unit_name(conf->gen.flags);
    3163                 : 
    3164               3 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3165                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3166                 :                              errmsg("%g%s%s is outside the valid range for parameter \"%s\" (%g .. %g)",
    3167                 :                                     newval->realval,
    3168                 :                                     unit ? " " : "",
    3169                 :                                     unit ? unit : "",
    3170                 :                                     name,
    3171                 :                                     conf->min, conf->max)));
    3172 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3173                 :                 }
    3174                 : 
    3175 GIC        3350 :                 if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval->realval, newextra,
    3176                 :                                           source, elevel))
    3177 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3178                 :             }
    3179 GIC        3350 :             break;
    3180          135359 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3181                 :             {
    3182          135359 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    3183                 : 
    3184                 :                 /*
    3185                 :                  * The value passed by the caller could be transient, so we
    3186                 :                  * always strdup it.
    3187                 :                  */
    3188          135359 :                 newval->stringval = guc_strdup(elevel, value);
    3189          135359 :                 if (newval->stringval == NULL)
    3190 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3191                 : 
    3192                 :                 /*
    3193                 :                  * The only built-in "parsing" check we have is to apply
    3194                 :                  * truncation if GUC_IS_NAME.
    3195                 :                  */
    3196 GIC      135359 :                 if (conf->gen.flags & GUC_IS_NAME)
    3197           47110 :                     truncate_identifier(newval->stringval,
    3198           47110 :                                         strlen(newval->stringval),
    3199                 :                                         true);
    3200                 : 
    3201          135359 :                 if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval->stringval, newextra,
    3202                 :                                             source, elevel))
    3203                 :                 {
    3204 UNC           0 :                     guc_free(newval->stringval);
    3205 UIC           0 :                     newval->stringval = NULL;
    3206               0 :                     return false;
    3207                 :                 }
    3208                 :             }
    3209 GIC      135338 :             break;
    3210           26446 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    3211                 :             {
    3212           26446 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    3213                 : 
    3214           26446 :                 if (!config_enum_lookup_by_name(conf, value, &newval->enumval))
    3215                 :                 {
    3216                 :                     char       *hintmsg;
    3217                 : 
    3218              15 :                     hintmsg = config_enum_get_options(conf,
    3219                 :                                                       "Available values: ",
    3220                 :                                                       ".", ", ");
    3221                 : 
    3222              15 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3223                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3224                 :                              errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    3225                 :                                     name, value),
    3226                 :                              hintmsg ? errhint("%s", _(hintmsg)) : 0));
    3227                 : 
    3228 UIC           0 :                     if (hintmsg)
    3229               0 :                         pfree(hintmsg);
    3230               0 :                     return false;
    3231                 :                 }
    3232                 : 
    3233 GIC       26431 :                 if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval->enumval, newextra,
    3234                 :                                           source, elevel))
    3235 UIC           0 :                     return false;
    3236                 :             }
    3237 GIC       26430 :             break;
    3238                 :     }
    3239                 : 
    3240          260502 :     return true;
    3241                 : }
    3242                 : 
    3243                 : 
    3244                 : /*
    3245                 :  * set_config_option: sets option `name' to given value.
    3246                 :  *
    3247                 :  * The value should be a string, which will be parsed and converted to
    3248                 :  * the appropriate data type.  The context and source parameters indicate
    3249                 :  * in which context this function is being called, so that it can apply the
    3250                 :  * access restrictions properly.
    3251                 :  *
    3252                 :  * If value is NULL, set the option to its default value (normally the
    3253                 :  * reset_val, but if source == PGC_S_DEFAULT we instead use the boot_val).
    3254                 :  *
    3255                 :  * action indicates whether to set the value globally in the session, locally
    3256                 :  * to the current top transaction, or just for the duration of a function call.
    3257                 :  *
    3258                 :  * If changeVal is false then don't really set the option but do all
    3259                 :  * the checks to see if it would work.
    3260                 :  *
    3261                 :  * elevel should normally be passed as zero, allowing this function to make
    3262                 :  * its standard choice of ereport level.  However some callers need to be
    3263                 :  * able to override that choice; they should pass the ereport level to use.
    3264                 :  *
    3265                 :  * is_reload should be true only when called from read_nondefault_variables()
    3266                 :  * or RestoreGUCState(), where we are trying to load some other process's
    3267                 :  * GUC settings into a new process.
    3268                 :  *
    3269                 :  * Return value:
    3270                 :  *  +1: the value is valid and was successfully applied.
    3271                 :  *  0:  the name or value is invalid (but see below).
    3272                 :  *  -1: the value was not applied because of context, priority, or changeVal.
    3273                 :  *
    3274                 :  * If there is an error (non-existing option, invalid value) then an
    3275                 :  * ereport(ERROR) is thrown *unless* this is called for a source for which
    3276                 :  * we don't want an ERROR (currently, those are defaults, the config file,
    3277                 :  * and per-database or per-user settings, as well as callers who specify
    3278                 :  * a less-than-ERROR elevel).  In those cases we write a suitable error
    3279                 :  * message via ereport() and return 0.
    3280                 :  *
    3281                 :  * See also SetConfigOption for an external interface.
    3282                 :  */
    3283                 : int
    3284          218157 : set_config_option(const char *name, const char *value,
    3285                 :                   GucContext context, GucSource source,
    3286                 :                   GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3287                 :                   bool is_reload)
    3288                 : {
    3289                 :     Oid         srole;
    3290                 : 
    3291                 :     /*
    3292                 :      * Non-interactive sources should be treated as having all privileges,
    3293                 :      * except for PGC_S_CLIENT.  Note in particular that this is true for
    3294                 :      * pg_db_role_setting sources (PGC_S_GLOBAL etc): we assume a suitable
    3295                 :      * privilege check was done when the pg_db_role_setting entry was made.
    3296                 :      */
    3297          218157 :     if (source >= PGC_S_INTERACTIVE || source == PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3298           54916 :         srole = GetUserId();
    3299                 :     else
    3300          163241 :         srole = BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID;
    3301                 : 
    3302          218157 :     return set_config_option_ext(name, value,
    3303                 :                                  context, source, srole,
    3304                 :                                  action, changeVal, elevel,
    3305                 :                                  is_reload);
    3306                 : }
    3307                 : 
    3308                 : /*
    3309                 :  * set_config_option_ext: sets option `name' to given value.
    3310                 :  *
    3311                 :  * This API adds the ability to explicitly specify which role OID
    3312                 :  * is considered to be setting the value.  Most external callers can use
    3313                 :  * set_config_option() and let it determine that based on the GucSource,
    3314                 :  * but there are a few that are supplying a value that was determined
    3315                 :  * in some special way and need to override the decision.  Also, when
    3316                 :  * restoring a previously-assigned value, it's important to supply the
    3317                 :  * same role OID that set the value originally; so all guc.c callers
    3318                 :  * that are doing that type of thing need to call this directly.
    3319                 :  *
    3320                 :  * Generally, srole should be GetUserId() when the source is a SQL operation,
    3321                 :  * or BOOTSTRAP_SUPERUSERID if the source is a config file or similar.
    3322                 :  */
    3323                 : int
    3324          262422 : set_config_option_ext(const char *name, const char *value,
    3325                 :                       GucContext context, GucSource source, Oid srole,
    3326                 :                       GucAction action, bool changeVal, int elevel,
    3327                 :                       bool is_reload)
    3328                 : {
    3329                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    3330                 :     union config_var_val newval_union;
    3331          262422 :     void       *newextra = NULL;
    3332          262422 :     bool        prohibitValueChange = false;
    3333                 :     bool        makeDefault;
    3334                 : 
    3335          262422 :     if (elevel == 0)
    3336                 :     {
    3337          218164 :         if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT || source == PGC_S_FILE)
    3338                 :         {
    3339                 :             /*
    3340                 :              * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly
    3341                 :              * about problems with the config file.
    3342                 :              */
    3343           32311 :             elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    3344                 :         }
    3345          185853 :         else if (source == PGC_S_GLOBAL ||
    3346          167745 :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE ||
    3347          167737 :                  source == PGC_S_USER ||
    3348                 :                  source == PGC_S_DATABASE_USER)
    3349           18116 :             elevel = WARNING;
    3350                 :         else
    3351          167737 :             elevel = ERROR;
    3352                 :     }
    3353                 : 
    3354                 :     /*
    3355                 :      * GUC_ACTION_SAVE changes are acceptable during a parallel operation,
    3356                 :      * because the current worker will also pop the change.  We're probably
    3357                 :      * dealing with a function having a proconfig entry.  Only the function's
    3358                 :      * body should observe the change, and peer workers do not share in the
    3359                 :      * execution of a function call started by this worker.
    3360                 :      *
    3361                 :      * Other changes might need to affect other workers, so forbid them.
    3362                 :      */
    3363          262422 :     if (IsInParallelMode() && changeVal && action != GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3364 UIC           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    3365                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TRANSACTION_STATE),
    3366                 :                  errmsg("cannot set parameters during a parallel operation")));
    3367                 : 
    3368 GIC      262422 :     record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    3369          262386 :     if (record == NULL)
    3370 UIC           0 :         return 0;
    3371                 : 
    3372                 :     /*
    3373                 :      * Check if the option can be set at this time. See guc.h for the precise
    3374                 :      * rules.
    3375                 :      */
    3376 GIC      262386 :     switch (record->context)
    3377                 :     {
    3378           61009 :         case PGC_INTERNAL:
    3379           61009 :             if (context != PGC_INTERNAL)
    3380                 :             {
    3381               2 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3382                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3383                 :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    3384                 :                                 name)));
    3385 UIC           0 :                 return 0;
    3386                 :             }
    3387 GIC       61007 :             break;
    3388           25073 :         case PGC_POSTMASTER:
    3389           25073 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3390                 :             {
    3391                 :                 /*
    3392                 :                  * We are re-reading a PGC_POSTMASTER variable from
    3393                 :                  * postgresql.conf.  We can't change the setting, so we should
    3394                 :                  * give a warning if the DBA tries to change it.  However,
    3395                 :                  * because of variant formats, canonicalization by check
    3396                 :                  * hooks, etc, we can't just compare the given string directly
    3397                 :                  * to what's stored.  Set a flag to check below after we have
    3398                 :                  * the final storable value.
    3399                 :                  */
    3400            3572 :                 prohibitValueChange = true;
    3401                 :             }
    3402           21501 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3403                 :             {
    3404               4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3405                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3406                 :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3407                 :                                 name)));
    3408 UIC           0 :                 return 0;
    3409                 :             }
    3410 GIC       25069 :             break;
    3411           21617 :         case PGC_SIGHUP:
    3412           21617 :             if (context != PGC_SIGHUP && context != PGC_POSTMASTER)
    3413                 :             {
    3414               3 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3415                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3416                 :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed now",
    3417                 :                                 name)));
    3418 UIC           0 :                 return 0;
    3419                 :             }
    3420                 : 
    3421                 :             /*
    3422                 :              * Hmm, the idea of the SIGHUP context is "ought to be global, but
    3423                 :              * can be changed after postmaster start". But there's nothing
    3424                 :              * that prevents a crafty administrator from sending SIGHUP
    3425                 :              * signals to individual backends only.
    3426                 :              */
    3427 GIC       21614 :             break;
    3428             108 :         case PGC_SU_BACKEND:
    3429             108 :             if (context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3430                 :             {
    3431                 :                 /*
    3432                 :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3433                 :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3434                 :                  */
    3435                 :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3436                 : 
    3437 UIC           0 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3438               0 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3439                 :                 {
    3440                 :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3441               0 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3442                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3443                 :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3444                 :                                     name)));
    3445               0 :                     return 0;
    3446                 :                 }
    3447                 :             }
    3448                 :             /* fall through to process the same as PGC_BACKEND */
    3449                 :             /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3450                 :         case PGC_BACKEND:
    3451 GIC         110 :             if (context == PGC_SIGHUP)
    3452                 :             {
    3453                 :                 /*
    3454                 :                  * If a PGC_BACKEND or PGC_SU_BACKEND parameter is changed in
    3455                 :                  * the config file, we want to accept the new value in the
    3456                 :                  * postmaster (whence it will propagate to
    3457                 :                  * subsequently-started backends), but ignore it in existing
    3458                 :                  * backends.  This is a tad klugy, but necessary because we
    3459                 :                  * don't re-read the config file during backend start.
    3460                 :                  *
    3461                 :                  * In EXEC_BACKEND builds, this works differently: we load all
    3462                 :                  * non-default settings from the CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS file
    3463                 :                  * during backend start.  In that case we must accept
    3464                 :                  * PGC_SIGHUP settings, so as to have the same value as if
    3465                 :                  * we'd forked from the postmaster.  This can also happen when
    3466                 :                  * using RestoreGUCState() within a background worker that
    3467                 :                  * needs to have the same settings as the user backend that
    3468                 :                  * started it. is_reload will be true when either situation
    3469                 :                  * applies.
    3470                 :                  */
    3471              45 :                 if (IsUnderPostmaster && !is_reload)
    3472               2 :                     return -1;
    3473                 :             }
    3474              65 :             else if (context != PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    3475               4 :                      context != PGC_BACKEND &&
    3476               4 :                      context != PGC_SU_BACKEND &&
    3477                 :                      source != PGC_S_CLIENT)
    3478                 :             {
    3479               4 :                 ereport(elevel,
    3480                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3481                 :                          errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set after connection start",
    3482                 :                                 name)));
    3483 UIC           0 :                 return 0;
    3484                 :             }
    3485 GIC         104 :             break;
    3486           14468 :         case PGC_SUSET:
    3487           14468 :             if (context == PGC_USERSET || context == PGC_BACKEND)
    3488                 :             {
    3489                 :                 /*
    3490                 :                  * Check whether the requesting user has been granted
    3491                 :                  * privilege to set this GUC.
    3492                 :                  */
    3493                 :                 AclResult   aclresult;
    3494                 : 
    3495              17 :                 aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, srole, ACL_SET);
    3496              17 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    3497                 :                 {
    3498                 :                     /* No granted privilege */
    3499              10 :                     ereport(elevel,
    3500                 :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3501                 :                              errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    3502                 :                                     name)));
    3503               4 :                     return 0;
    3504                 :                 }
    3505                 :             }
    3506           14458 :             break;
    3507          140109 :         case PGC_USERSET:
    3508                 :             /* always okay */
    3509          140109 :             break;
    3510                 :     }
    3511                 : 
    3512                 :     /*
    3513                 :      * Disallow changing GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST values if we are inside a
    3514                 :      * security restriction context.  We can reject this regardless of the GUC
    3515                 :      * context or source, mainly because sources that it might be reasonable
    3516                 :      * to override for won't be seen while inside a function.
    3517                 :      *
    3518                 :      * Note: variables marked GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST should usually be marked
    3519                 :      * GUC_NO_RESET_ALL as well, because ResetAllOptions() doesn't check this.
    3520                 :      * An exception might be made if the reset value is assumed to be "safe".
    3521                 :      *
    3522                 :      * Note: this flag is currently used for "session_authorization" and
    3523                 :      * "role".  We need to prohibit changing these inside a local userid
    3524                 :      * context because when we exit it, GUC won't be notified, leaving things
    3525                 :      * out of sync.  (This could be fixed by forcing a new GUC nesting level,
    3526                 :      * but that would change behavior in possibly-undesirable ways.)  Also, we
    3527                 :      * prohibit changing these in a security-restricted operation because
    3528                 :      * otherwise RESET could be used to regain the session user's privileges.
    3529                 :      */
    3530          262361 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NOT_WHILE_SEC_REST)
    3531                 :     {
    3532           13780 :         if (InLocalUserIdChange())
    3533                 :         {
    3534                 :             /*
    3535                 :              * Phrasing of this error message is historical, but it's the most
    3536                 :              * common case.
    3537                 :              */
    3538 UIC           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3539                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3540                 :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-definer function",
    3541                 :                             name)));
    3542               0 :             return 0;
    3543                 :         }
    3544 GIC       13780 :         if (InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
    3545                 :         {
    3546 UIC           0 :             ereport(elevel,
    3547                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3548                 :                      errmsg("cannot set parameter \"%s\" within security-restricted operation",
    3549                 :                             name)));
    3550               0 :             return 0;
    3551                 :         }
    3552                 :     }
    3553                 : 
    3554                 :     /* Disallow resetting and saving GUC_NO_RESET values */
    3555 GNC      262361 :     if (record->flags & GUC_NO_RESET)
    3556                 :     {
    3557           13312 :         if (value == NULL)
    3558                 :         {
    3559               9 :             ereport(elevel,
    3560                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3561                 :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be reset", name)));
    3562 UNC           0 :             return 0;
    3563                 :         }
    3564 GNC       13303 :         if (action == GUC_ACTION_SAVE)
    3565                 :         {
    3566               3 :             ereport(elevel,
    3567                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3568                 :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be set locally in functions",
    3569                 :                             name)));
    3570 UNC           0 :             return 0;
    3571                 :         }
    3572                 :     }
    3573                 : 
    3574                 :     /*
    3575                 :      * Should we set reset/stacked values?  (If so, the behavior is not
    3576                 :      * transactional.)  This is done either when we get a default value from
    3577                 :      * the database's/user's/client's default settings or when we reset a
    3578                 :      * value to its default.
    3579                 :      */
    3580 GIC      262351 :     makeDefault = changeVal && (source <= PGC_S_OVERRIDE) &&
    3581               2 :         ((value != NULL) || source == PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    3582                 : 
    3583                 :     /*
    3584                 :      * Ignore attempted set if overridden by previously processed setting.
    3585                 :      * However, if changeVal is false then plow ahead anyway since we are
    3586                 :      * trying to find out if the value is potentially good, not actually use
    3587                 :      * it. Also keep going if makeDefault is true, since we may want to set
    3588                 :      * the reset/stacked values even if we can't set the variable itself.
    3589                 :      */
    3590          262349 :     if (record->source > source)
    3591                 :     {
    3592             506 :         if (changeVal && !makeDefault)
    3593                 :         {
    3594 UIC           0 :             elog(DEBUG3, "\"%s\": setting ignored because previous source is higher priority",
    3595                 :                  name);
    3596               0 :             return -1;
    3597                 :         }
    3598 GIC         506 :         changeVal = false;
    3599                 :     }
    3600                 : 
    3601                 :     /*
    3602                 :      * Evaluate value and set variable.
    3603                 :      */
    3604          262349 :     switch (record->vartype)
    3605                 :     {
    3606           58997 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    3607                 :             {
    3608           58997 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    3609                 : 
    3610                 : #define newval (newval_union.boolval)
    3611                 : 
    3612           58997 :                 if (value)
    3613                 :                 {
    3614           58413 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3615                 :                                                   source, elevel,
    3616                 :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3617 UIC           0 :                         return 0;
    3618                 :                 }
    3619 GIC         584 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3620                 :                 {
    3621 UIC           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3622               0 :                     if (!call_bool_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3623                 :                                               source, elevel))
    3624               0 :                         return 0;
    3625                 :                 }
    3626                 :                 else
    3627                 :                 {
    3628 GIC         584 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3629             584 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3630             584 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3631             584 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3632             584 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3633                 :                 }
    3634                 : 
    3635           58985 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3636                 :                 {
    3637                 :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3638             510 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3639 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3640                 : 
    3641 GIC         510 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3642                 :                     {
    3643 UIC           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3644               0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3645                 :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3646                 :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3647                 :                                         name)));
    3648               0 :                         return 0;
    3649                 :                     }
    3650 GIC         510 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3651             510 :                     return -1;
    3652                 :                 }
    3653                 : 
    3654           58475 :                 if (changeVal)
    3655                 :                 {
    3656                 :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3657           58449 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3658           13321 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3659                 : 
    3660           58449 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3661 UIC           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3662 GIC       58449 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3663           58449 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3664                 :                                     newextra);
    3665 GNC       58449 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3666 GIC       58449 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3667           58449 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3668                 :                 }
    3669           58475 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3670                 :                 {
    3671                 :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3672                 : 
    3673           45142 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3674                 :                     {
    3675           45128 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3676           45128 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3677                 :                                         newextra);
    3678           45128 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3679           45128 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3680           45128 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3681                 :                     }
    3682           45142 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3683                 :                     {
    3684 UIC           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3685                 :                         {
    3686               0 :                             stack->prior.val.boolval = newval;
    3687               0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3688                 :                                             newextra);
    3689               0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3690               0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3691               0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3692                 :                         }
    3693                 :                     }
    3694                 :                 }
    3695                 : 
    3696                 :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3697 GIC       58475 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3698 UNC           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3699 GIC       58475 :                 break;
    3700                 : 
    3701                 : #undef newval
    3702                 :             }
    3703                 : 
    3704           37084 :         case PGC_INT:
    3705                 :             {
    3706           37084 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    3707                 : 
    3708                 : #define newval (newval_union.intval)
    3709                 : 
    3710           37084 :                 if (value)
    3711                 :                 {
    3712           36959 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3713                 :                                                   source, elevel,
    3714                 :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3715 UIC           0 :                         return 0;
    3716                 :                 }
    3717 GIC         125 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3718                 :                 {
    3719 UIC           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3720               0 :                     if (!call_int_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3721                 :                                              source, elevel))
    3722               0 :                         return 0;
    3723                 :                 }
    3724                 :                 else
    3725                 :                 {
    3726 GIC         125 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3727             125 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3728             125 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3729             125 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3730             125 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3731                 :                 }
    3732                 : 
    3733           37084 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3734                 :                 {
    3735                 :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3736            1643 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3737 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3738                 : 
    3739 GIC        1643 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3740                 :                     {
    3741 UIC           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3742               0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3743                 :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3744                 :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3745                 :                                         name)));
    3746               0 :                         return 0;
    3747                 :                     }
    3748 GIC        1643 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3749            1643 :                     return -1;
    3750                 :                 }
    3751                 : 
    3752           35441 :                 if (changeVal)
    3753                 :                 {
    3754                 :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3755           35065 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3756            8642 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3757                 : 
    3758           35065 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3759            6365 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3760           35065 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3761           35065 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3762                 :                                     newextra);
    3763 GNC       35065 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3764 GIC       35065 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3765           35065 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3766                 :                 }
    3767           35441 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3768                 :                 {
    3769                 :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3770                 : 
    3771           26759 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3772                 :                     {
    3773           26423 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3774           26423 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3775                 :                                         newextra);
    3776           26423 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3777           26423 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3778           26423 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3779                 :                     }
    3780           26759 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3781                 :                     {
    3782 UIC           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3783                 :                         {
    3784               0 :                             stack->prior.val.intval = newval;
    3785               0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3786                 :                                             newextra);
    3787               0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3788               0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3789               0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3790                 :                         }
    3791                 :                     }
    3792                 :                 }
    3793                 : 
    3794                 :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3795 GIC       35441 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3796 UNC           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3797 GIC       35441 :                 break;
    3798                 : 
    3799                 : #undef newval
    3800                 :             }
    3801                 : 
    3802            3415 :         case PGC_REAL:
    3803                 :             {
    3804            3415 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    3805                 : 
    3806                 : #define newval (newval_union.realval)
    3807                 : 
    3808            3415 :                 if (value)
    3809                 :                 {
    3810            3356 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3811                 :                                                   source, elevel,
    3812                 :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3813 UIC           0 :                         return 0;
    3814                 :                 }
    3815 GIC          59 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3816                 :                 {
    3817 UIC           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    3818               0 :                     if (!call_real_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3819                 :                                               source, elevel))
    3820               0 :                         return 0;
    3821                 :                 }
    3822                 :                 else
    3823                 :                 {
    3824 GIC          59 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3825              59 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3826              59 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3827              59 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3828              59 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3829                 :                 }
    3830                 : 
    3831            3409 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3832                 :                 {
    3833                 :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3834 UIC           0 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3835 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3836                 : 
    3837 UIC           0 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    3838                 :                     {
    3839               0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3840               0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3841                 :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3842                 :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3843                 :                                         name)));
    3844               0 :                         return 0;
    3845                 :                     }
    3846               0 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3847               0 :                     return -1;
    3848                 :                 }
    3849                 : 
    3850 GIC        3409 :                 if (changeVal)
    3851                 :                 {
    3852                 :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3853            3409 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3854            3409 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3855                 : 
    3856            3409 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3857 UIC           0 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3858 GIC        3409 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    3859            3409 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3860                 :                                     newextra);
    3861 GNC        3409 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3862 GIC        3409 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3863            3409 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3864                 :                 }
    3865            3409 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3866                 :                 {
    3867                 :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3868                 : 
    3869 UIC           0 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3870                 :                     {
    3871               0 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    3872               0 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3873                 :                                         newextra);
    3874               0 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    3875               0 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    3876               0 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    3877                 :                     }
    3878               0 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    3879                 :                     {
    3880               0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    3881                 :                         {
    3882               0 :                             stack->prior.val.realval = newval;
    3883               0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    3884                 :                                             newextra);
    3885               0 :                             stack->source = source;
    3886               0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    3887               0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    3888                 :                         }
    3889                 :                     }
    3890                 :                 }
    3891                 : 
    3892                 :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    3893 GIC        3409 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3894 UNC           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    3895 GIC        3409 :                 break;
    3896                 : 
    3897                 : #undef newval
    3898                 :             }
    3899                 : 
    3900          136208 :         case PGC_STRING:
    3901                 :             {
    3902          136208 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    3903                 : 
    3904                 : #define newval (newval_union.stringval)
    3905                 : 
    3906          136208 :                 if (value)
    3907                 :                 {
    3908          135344 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    3909                 :                                                   source, elevel,
    3910                 :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    3911 UIC           0 :                         return 0;
    3912                 :                 }
    3913 GIC         864 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    3914                 :                 {
    3915                 :                     /* non-NULL boot_val must always get strdup'd */
    3916               2 :                     if (conf->boot_val != NULL)
    3917                 :                     {
    3918               2 :                         newval = guc_strdup(elevel, conf->boot_val);
    3919               2 :                         if (newval == NULL)
    3920 UIC           0 :                             return 0;
    3921                 :                     }
    3922                 :                     else
    3923               0 :                         newval = NULL;
    3924                 : 
    3925 GIC           2 :                     if (!call_string_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    3926                 :                                                 source, elevel))
    3927                 :                     {
    3928 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(newval);
    3929 UIC           0 :                         return 0;
    3930                 :                     }
    3931                 :                 }
    3932                 :                 else
    3933                 :                 {
    3934                 :                     /*
    3935                 :                      * strdup not needed, since reset_val is already under
    3936                 :                      * guc.c's control
    3937                 :                      */
    3938 GIC         862 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    3939             862 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    3940             862 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    3941             862 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    3942             862 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    3943                 :                 }
    3944                 : 
    3945          136187 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    3946                 :                 {
    3947                 :                     bool        newval_different;
    3948                 : 
    3949                 :                     /* newval shouldn't be NULL, so we're a bit sloppy here */
    3950            2049 :                     newval_different = (*conf->variable == NULL ||
    3951            1366 :                                         newval == NULL ||
    3952             683 :                                         strcmp(*conf->variable, newval) != 0);
    3953                 : 
    3954                 :                     /* Release newval, unless it's reset_val */
    3955             683 :                     if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
    3956 GNC         683 :                         guc_free(newval);
    3957                 :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    3958 GIC         683 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    3959 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    3960                 : 
    3961 GIC         683 :                     if (newval_different)
    3962                 :                     {
    3963 UIC           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3964               0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    3965                 :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    3966                 :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    3967                 :                                         name)));
    3968               0 :                         return 0;
    3969                 :                     }
    3970 GIC         683 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    3971             683 :                     return -1;
    3972                 :                 }
    3973                 : 
    3974          135504 :                 if (changeVal)
    3975                 :                 {
    3976                 :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    3977          134881 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    3978           13292 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    3979                 : 
    3980          134881 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    3981           91944 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    3982          134880 :                     set_string_field(conf, conf->variable, newval);
    3983          134880 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    3984                 :                                     newextra);
    3985 GNC      134880 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    3986 GIC      134880 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    3987          134880 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    3988                 :                 }
    3989                 : 
    3990          135503 :                 if (makeDefault)
    3991                 :                 {
    3992                 :                     GucStack   *stack;
    3993                 : 
    3994          121713 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    3995                 :                     {
    3996          121588 :                         set_string_field(conf, &conf->reset_val, newval);
    3997          121588 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    3998                 :                                         newextra);
    3999          121588 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    4000          121588 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    4001          121588 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    4002                 :                     }
    4003          121713 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4004                 :                     {
    4005 UIC           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4006                 :                         {
    4007               0 :                             set_string_field(conf, &stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4008                 :                                              newval);
    4009               0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    4010                 :                                             newextra);
    4011               0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4012               0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4013               0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4014                 :                         }
    4015                 :                     }
    4016                 :                 }
    4017                 : 
    4018                 :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newval anywhere */
    4019 GIC      135503 :                 if (newval && !string_field_used(conf, newval))
    4020 GNC         613 :                     guc_free(newval);
    4021                 :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4022 GIC      135503 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4023 GNC         206 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4024 GIC      135503 :                 break;
    4025                 : 
    4026                 : #undef newval
    4027                 :             }
    4028                 : 
    4029           26645 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4030                 :             {
    4031           26645 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    4032                 : 
    4033                 : #define newval (newval_union.enumval)
    4034                 : 
    4035           26645 :                 if (value)
    4036                 :                 {
    4037           26444 :                     if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    4038                 :                                                   source, elevel,
    4039                 :                                                   &newval_union, &newextra))
    4040 UIC           0 :                         return 0;
    4041                 :                 }
    4042 GIC         201 :                 else if (source == PGC_S_DEFAULT)
    4043                 :                 {
    4044 UIC           0 :                     newval = conf->boot_val;
    4045               0 :                     if (!call_enum_check_hook(conf, &newval, &newextra,
    4046                 :                                               source, elevel))
    4047               0 :                         return 0;
    4048                 :                 }
    4049                 :                 else
    4050                 :                 {
    4051 GIC         201 :                     newval = conf->reset_val;
    4052             201 :                     newextra = conf->reset_extra;
    4053             201 :                     source = conf->gen.reset_source;
    4054             201 :                     context = conf->gen.reset_scontext;
    4055             201 :                     srole = conf->gen.reset_srole;
    4056                 :                 }
    4057                 : 
    4058           26629 :                 if (prohibitValueChange)
    4059                 :                 {
    4060                 :                     /* Release newextra, unless it's reset_extra */
    4061             736 :                     if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4062 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(newextra);
    4063                 : 
    4064 GIC         736 :                     if (*conf->variable != newval)
    4065                 :                     {
    4066 UIC           0 :                         record->status |= GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4067               0 :                         ereport(elevel,
    4068                 :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4069                 :                                  errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed without restarting the server",
    4070                 :                                         name)));
    4071               0 :                         return 0;
    4072                 :                     }
    4073 GIC         736 :                     record->status &= ~GUC_PENDING_RESTART;
    4074             736 :                     return -1;
    4075                 :                 }
    4076                 : 
    4077           25893 :                 if (changeVal)
    4078                 :                 {
    4079                 :                     /* Save old value to support transaction abort */
    4080           25801 :                     if (!makeDefault)
    4081            8512 :                         push_old_value(&conf->gen, action);
    4082                 : 
    4083           25801 :                     if (conf->assign_hook)
    4084             815 :                         conf->assign_hook(newval, newextra);
    4085           25801 :                     *conf->variable = newval;
    4086           25801 :                     set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->gen.extra,
    4087                 :                                     newextra);
    4088 GNC       25801 :                     set_guc_source(&conf->gen, source);
    4089 GIC       25801 :                     conf->gen.scontext = context;
    4090           25801 :                     conf->gen.srole = srole;
    4091                 :                 }
    4092           25893 :                 if (makeDefault)
    4093                 :                 {
    4094                 :                     GucStack   *stack;
    4095                 : 
    4096           17289 :                     if (conf->gen.reset_source <= source)
    4097                 :                     {
    4098           17289 :                         conf->reset_val = newval;
    4099           17289 :                         set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &conf->reset_extra,
    4100                 :                                         newextra);
    4101           17289 :                         conf->gen.reset_source = source;
    4102           17289 :                         conf->gen.reset_scontext = context;
    4103           17289 :                         conf->gen.reset_srole = srole;
    4104                 :                     }
    4105           17289 :                     for (stack = conf->gen.stack; stack; stack = stack->prev)
    4106                 :                     {
    4107 UIC           0 :                         if (stack->source <= source)
    4108                 :                         {
    4109               0 :                             stack->prior.val.enumval = newval;
    4110               0 :                             set_extra_field(&conf->gen, &stack->prior.extra,
    4111                 :                                             newextra);
    4112               0 :                             stack->source = source;
    4113               0 :                             stack->scontext = context;
    4114               0 :                             stack->srole = srole;
    4115                 :                         }
    4116                 :                     }
    4117                 :                 }
    4118                 : 
    4119                 :                 /* Perhaps we didn't install newextra anywhere */
    4120 GIC       25893 :                 if (newextra && !extra_field_used(&conf->gen, newextra))
    4121 UNC           0 :                     guc_free(newextra);
    4122 GIC       25893 :                 break;
    4123                 : 
    4124                 : #undef newval
    4125                 :             }
    4126                 :     }
    4127                 : 
    4128 GNC      258721 :     if (changeVal && (record->flags & GUC_REPORT) &&
    4129           93523 :         !(record->status & GUC_NEEDS_REPORT))
    4130                 :     {
    4131 GIC       68870 :         record->status |= GUC_NEEDS_REPORT;
    4132 GNC       68870 :         slist_push_head(&guc_report_list, &record->report_link);
    4133                 :     }
    4134                 : 
    4135 GIC      258721 :     return changeVal ? 1 : -1;
    4136                 : }
    4137                 : 
    4138                 : 
    4139                 : /*
    4140                 :  * Set the fields for source file and line number the setting came from.
    4141                 :  */
    4142                 : static void
    4143           51307 : set_config_sourcefile(const char *name, char *sourcefile, int sourceline)
    4144                 : {
    4145                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    4146                 :     int         elevel;
    4147                 : 
    4148                 :     /*
    4149                 :      * To avoid cluttering the log, only the postmaster bleats loudly about
    4150                 :      * problems with the config file.
    4151                 :      */
    4152           51307 :     elevel = IsUnderPostmaster ? DEBUG3 : LOG;
    4153                 : 
    4154           51307 :     record = find_option(name, true, false, elevel);
    4155                 :     /* should not happen */
    4156           51307 :     if (record == NULL)
    4157 UIC           0 :         return;
    4158                 : 
    4159 GIC       51307 :     sourcefile = guc_strdup(elevel, sourcefile);
    4160 GNC       51307 :     guc_free(record->sourcefile);
    4161 GIC       51307 :     record->sourcefile = sourcefile;
    4162           51307 :     record->sourceline = sourceline;
    4163                 : }
    4164                 : 
    4165                 : /*
    4166                 :  * Set a config option to the given value.
    4167                 :  *
    4168                 :  * See also set_config_option; this is just the wrapper to be called from
    4169                 :  * outside GUC.  (This function should be used when possible, because its API
    4170                 :  * is more stable than set_config_option's.)
    4171                 :  *
    4172                 :  * Note: there is no support here for setting source file/line, as it
    4173                 :  * is currently not needed.
    4174                 :  */
    4175                 : void
    4176          129129 : SetConfigOption(const char *name, const char *value,
    4177                 :                 GucContext context, GucSource source)
    4178                 : {
    4179          129129 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value, context, source,
    4180                 :                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, false);
    4181          129105 : }
    4182                 : 
    4183                 : 
    4184                 : 
    4185                 : /*
    4186                 :  * Fetch the current value of the option `name', as a string.
    4187                 :  *
    4188                 :  * If the option doesn't exist, return NULL if missing_ok is true (NOTE that
    4189                 :  * this cannot be distinguished from a string variable with a NULL value!),
    4190                 :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4191                 :  *
    4192                 :  * If restrict_privileged is true, we also enforce that only superusers and
    4193                 :  * members of the pg_read_all_settings role can see GUC_SUPERUSER_ONLY
    4194                 :  * variables.  This should only be passed as true in user-driven calls.
    4195                 :  *
    4196                 :  * The string is *not* allocated for modification and is really only
    4197                 :  * valid until the next call to configuration related functions.
    4198                 :  */
    4199                 : const char *
    4200            4551 : GetConfigOption(const char *name, bool missing_ok, bool restrict_privileged)
    4201                 : {
    4202                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    4203                 :     static char buffer[256];
    4204                 : 
    4205            4551 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4206            4551 :     if (record == NULL)
    4207 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    4208 GIC        4551 :     if (restrict_privileged &&
    4209 UNC           0 :         !ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4210 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4211                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4212                 :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4213                 :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4214                 :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4215                 : 
    4216 GIC        4551 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4217                 :     {
    4218             865 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4219             865 :             return *((struct config_bool *) record)->variable ? "on" : "off";
    4220                 : 
    4221            1161 :         case PGC_INT:
    4222            1161 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4223            1161 :                      *((struct config_int *) record)->variable);
    4224            1161 :             return buffer;
    4225                 : 
    4226 UIC           0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4227               0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4228               0 :                      *((struct config_real *) record)->variable);
    4229               0 :             return buffer;
    4230                 : 
    4231 GIC        1995 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4232            1995 :             return *((struct config_string *) record)->variable;
    4233                 : 
    4234             530 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4235             530 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
    4236             530 :                                                *((struct config_enum *) record)->variable);
    4237                 :     }
    4238 UIC           0 :     return NULL;
    4239                 : }
    4240                 : 
    4241                 : /*
    4242                 :  * Get the RESET value associated with the given option.
    4243                 :  *
    4244                 :  * Note: this is not re-entrant, due to use of static result buffer;
    4245                 :  * not to mention that a string variable could have its reset_val changed.
    4246                 :  * Beware of assuming the result value is good for very long.
    4247                 :  */
    4248                 : const char *
    4249               0 : GetConfigOptionResetString(const char *name)
    4250                 : {
    4251                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    4252                 :     static char buffer[256];
    4253                 : 
    4254               0 :     record = find_option(name, false, false, ERROR);
    4255               0 :     Assert(record != NULL);
    4256 UNC           0 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    4257 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4258                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4259                 :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    4260                 :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    4261                 :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    4262                 : 
    4263               0 :     switch (record->vartype)
    4264                 :     {
    4265               0 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    4266               0 :             return ((struct config_bool *) record)->reset_val ? "on" : "off";
    4267                 : 
    4268               0 :         case PGC_INT:
    4269               0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%d",
    4270                 :                      ((struct config_int *) record)->reset_val);
    4271               0 :             return buffer;
    4272                 : 
    4273               0 :         case PGC_REAL:
    4274               0 :             snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g",
    4275                 :                      ((struct config_real *) record)->reset_val);
    4276               0 :             return buffer;
    4277                 : 
    4278               0 :         case PGC_STRING:
    4279               0 :             return ((struct config_string *) record)->reset_val;
    4280                 : 
    4281               0 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    4282               0 :             return config_enum_lookup_by_value((struct config_enum *) record,
    4283                 :                                                ((struct config_enum *) record)->reset_val);
    4284                 :     }
    4285               0 :     return NULL;
    4286                 : }
    4287                 : 
    4288                 : /*
    4289                 :  * Get the GUC flags associated with the given option.
    4290                 :  *
    4291                 :  * If the option doesn't exist, return 0 if missing_ok is true,
    4292                 :  * otherwise throw an ereport and don't return.
    4293                 :  */
    4294                 : int
    4295 GIC          17 : GetConfigOptionFlags(const char *name, bool missing_ok)
    4296                 : {
    4297                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    4298                 : 
    4299              17 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    4300              17 :     if (record == NULL)
    4301 UIC           0 :         return 0;
    4302 GIC          17 :     return record->flags;
    4303                 : }
    4304                 : 
    4305                 : 
    4306                 : /*
    4307                 :  * Write updated configuration parameter values into a temporary file.
    4308                 :  * This function traverses the list of parameters and quotes the string
    4309                 :  * values before writing them.
    4310                 :  */
    4311                 : static void
    4312              58 : write_auto_conf_file(int fd, const char *filename, ConfigVariable *head)
    4313                 : {
    4314                 :     StringInfoData buf;
    4315                 :     ConfigVariable *item;
    4316                 : 
    4317              58 :     initStringInfo(&buf);
    4318                 : 
    4319                 :     /* Emit file header containing warning comment */
    4320              58 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# Do not edit this file manually!\n");
    4321              58 :     appendStringInfoString(&buf, "# It will be overwritten by the ALTER SYSTEM command.\n");
    4322                 : 
    4323              58 :     errno = 0;
    4324              58 :     if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4325                 :     {
    4326                 :         /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4327 UIC           0 :         if (errno == 0)
    4328               0 :             errno = ENOSPC;
    4329               0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4330                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4331                 :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4332                 :     }
    4333                 : 
    4334                 :     /* Emit each parameter, properly quoting the value */
    4335 GIC         117 :     for (item = head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
    4336                 :     {
    4337                 :         char       *escaped;
    4338                 : 
    4339              59 :         resetStringInfo(&buf);
    4340                 : 
    4341              59 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, item->name);
    4342              59 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, " = '");
    4343                 : 
    4344              59 :         escaped = escape_single_quotes_ascii(item->value);
    4345              59 :         if (!escaped)
    4346 UIC           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4347                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OUT_OF_MEMORY),
    4348                 :                      errmsg("out of memory")));
    4349 GIC          59 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, escaped);
    4350              59 :         free(escaped);
    4351                 : 
    4352              59 :         appendStringInfoString(&buf, "'\n");
    4353                 : 
    4354              59 :         errno = 0;
    4355              59 :         if (write(fd, buf.data, buf.len) != buf.len)
    4356                 :         {
    4357                 :             /* if write didn't set errno, assume problem is no disk space */
    4358 UIC           0 :             if (errno == 0)
    4359               0 :                 errno = ENOSPC;
    4360               0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4361                 :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4362                 :                      errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4363                 :         }
    4364                 :     }
    4365                 : 
    4366                 :     /* fsync before considering the write to be successful */
    4367 GIC          58 :     if (pg_fsync(fd) != 0)
    4368 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4369                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4370                 :                  errmsg("could not fsync file \"%s\": %m", filename)));
    4371                 : 
    4372 GIC          58 :     pfree(buf.data);
    4373              58 : }
    4374                 : 
    4375                 : /*
    4376                 :  * Update the given list of configuration parameters, adding, replacing
    4377                 :  * or deleting the entry for item "name" (delete if "value" == NULL).
    4378                 :  */
    4379                 : static void
    4380              58 : replace_auto_config_value(ConfigVariable **head_p, ConfigVariable **tail_p,
    4381                 :                           const char *name, const char *value)
    4382                 : {
    4383                 :     ConfigVariable *item,
    4384                 :                *next,
    4385              58 :                *prev = NULL;
    4386                 : 
    4387                 :     /*
    4388                 :      * Remove any existing match(es) for "name".  Normally there'd be at most
    4389                 :      * one, but if external tools have modified the config file, there could
    4390                 :      * be more.
    4391                 :      */
    4392             104 :     for (item = *head_p; item != NULL; item = next)
    4393                 :     {
    4394              46 :         next = item->next;
    4395              46 :         if (guc_name_compare(item->name, name) == 0)
    4396                 :         {
    4397                 :             /* found a match, delete it */
    4398              28 :             if (prev)
    4399               3 :                 prev->next = next;
    4400                 :             else
    4401              25 :                 *head_p = next;
    4402              28 :             if (next == NULL)
    4403              27 :                 *tail_p = prev;
    4404                 : 
    4405              28 :             pfree(item->name);
    4406              28 :             pfree(item->value);
    4407              28 :             pfree(item->filename);
    4408              28 :             pfree(item);
    4409                 :         }
    4410                 :         else
    4411              18 :             prev = item;
    4412                 :     }
    4413                 : 
    4414                 :     /* Done if we're trying to delete it */
    4415              58 :     if (value == NULL)
    4416              17 :         return;
    4417                 : 
    4418                 :     /* OK, append a new entry */
    4419              41 :     item = palloc(sizeof *item);
    4420              41 :     item->name = pstrdup(name);
    4421              41 :     item->value = pstrdup(value);
    4422              41 :     item->errmsg = NULL;
    4423              41 :     item->filename = pstrdup("");  /* new item has no location */
    4424              41 :     item->sourceline = 0;
    4425              41 :     item->ignore = false;
    4426              41 :     item->applied = false;
    4427              41 :     item->next = NULL;
    4428                 : 
    4429              41 :     if (*head_p == NULL)
    4430              32 :         *head_p = item;
    4431                 :     else
    4432               9 :         (*tail_p)->next = item;
    4433              41 :     *tail_p = item;
    4434                 : }
    4435                 : 
    4436                 : 
    4437                 : /*
    4438                 :  * Execute ALTER SYSTEM statement.
    4439                 :  *
    4440                 :  * Read the old PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file, merge in the new variable value,
    4441                 :  * and write out an updated file.  If the command is ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL,
    4442                 :  * we can skip reading the old file and just write an empty file.
    4443                 :  *
    4444                 :  * An LWLock is used to serialize updates of the configuration file.
    4445                 :  *
    4446                 :  * In case of an error, we leave the original automatic
    4447                 :  * configuration file (PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME) intact.
    4448                 :  */
    4449                 : void
    4450              77 : AlterSystemSetConfigFile(AlterSystemStmt *altersysstmt)
    4451                 : {
    4452                 :     char       *name;
    4453                 :     char       *value;
    4454              77 :     bool        resetall = false;
    4455              77 :     ConfigVariable *head = NULL;
    4456              77 :     ConfigVariable *tail = NULL;
    4457                 :     volatile int Tmpfd;
    4458                 :     char        AutoConfFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4459                 :     char        AutoConfTmpFileName[MAXPGPATH];
    4460                 : 
    4461                 :     /*
    4462                 :      * Extract statement arguments
    4463                 :      */
    4464              77 :     name = altersysstmt->setstmt->name;
    4465                 : 
    4466              77 :     switch (altersysstmt->setstmt->kind)
    4467                 :     {
    4468              53 :         case VAR_SET_VALUE:
    4469              53 :             value = ExtractSetVariableArgs(altersysstmt->setstmt);
    4470              53 :             break;
    4471                 : 
    4472              23 :         case VAR_SET_DEFAULT:
    4473                 :         case VAR_RESET:
    4474              23 :             value = NULL;
    4475              23 :             break;
    4476                 : 
    4477               1 :         case VAR_RESET_ALL:
    4478               1 :             value = NULL;
    4479               1 :             resetall = true;
    4480               1 :             break;
    4481                 : 
    4482 UIC           0 :         default:
    4483               0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter system stmt type: %d",
    4484                 :                  altersysstmt->setstmt->kind);
    4485                 :             break;
    4486                 :     }
    4487                 : 
    4488                 :     /*
    4489                 :      * Check permission to run ALTER SYSTEM on the target variable
    4490                 :      */
    4491 GIC          77 :     if (!superuser())
    4492                 :     {
    4493              22 :         if (resetall)
    4494               1 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4495                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4496                 :                      errmsg("permission denied to perform ALTER SYSTEM RESET ALL")));
    4497                 :         else
    4498                 :         {
    4499                 :             AclResult   aclresult;
    4500                 : 
    4501              21 :             aclresult = pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(),
    4502                 :                                               ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM);
    4503              21 :             if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    4504              12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4505                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    4506                 :                          errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"",
    4507                 :                                 name)));
    4508                 :         }
    4509                 :     }
    4510                 : 
    4511                 :     /*
    4512                 :      * Unless it's RESET_ALL, validate the target variable and value
    4513                 :      */
    4514              64 :     if (!resetall)
    4515                 :     {
    4516                 :         struct config_generic *record;
    4517                 : 
    4518              64 :         record = find_option(name, false, false, ERROR);
    4519              64 :         Assert(record != NULL);
    4520                 : 
    4521                 :         /*
    4522                 :          * Don't allow parameters that can't be set in configuration files to
    4523                 :          * be set in PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME file.
    4524                 :          */
    4525              64 :         if ((record->context == PGC_INTERNAL) ||
    4526              62 :             (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_FILE) ||
    4527              58 :             (record->flags & GUC_DISALLOW_IN_AUTO_FILE))
    4528               6 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4529                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CANT_CHANGE_RUNTIME_PARAM),
    4530                 :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" cannot be changed",
    4531                 :                             name)));
    4532                 : 
    4533                 :         /*
    4534                 :          * If a value is specified, verify that it's sane.
    4535                 :          */
    4536              58 :         if (value)
    4537                 :         {
    4538                 :             union config_var_val newval;
    4539              41 :             void       *newextra = NULL;
    4540                 : 
    4541                 :             /* Check that it's acceptable for the indicated parameter */
    4542              41 :             if (!parse_and_validate_value(record, name, value,
    4543                 :                                           PGC_S_FILE, ERROR,
    4544                 :                                           &newval, &newextra))
    4545 UIC           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4546                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4547                 :                          errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    4548                 :                                 name, value)));
    4549                 : 
    4550 GIC          41 :             if (record->vartype == PGC_STRING && newval.stringval != NULL)
    4551 GNC          15 :                 guc_free(newval.stringval);
    4552              41 :             guc_free(newextra);
    4553                 : 
    4554                 :             /*
    4555                 :              * We must also reject values containing newlines, because the
    4556                 :              * grammar for config files doesn't support embedded newlines in
    4557                 :              * string literals.
    4558                 :              */
    4559 GIC          41 :             if (strchr(value, '\n'))
    4560 UIC           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4561                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    4562                 :                          errmsg("parameter value for ALTER SYSTEM must not contain a newline")));
    4563                 :         }
    4564                 :     }
    4565                 : 
    4566                 :     /*
    4567                 :      * PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME and its corresponding temporary file are always in
    4568                 :      * the data directory, so we can reference them by simple relative paths.
    4569                 :      */
    4570 GIC          58 :     snprintf(AutoConfFileName, sizeof(AutoConfFileName), "%s",
    4571                 :              PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME);
    4572              58 :     snprintf(AutoConfTmpFileName, sizeof(AutoConfTmpFileName), "%s.%s",
    4573                 :              AutoConfFileName,
    4574                 :              "tmp");
    4575                 : 
    4576                 :     /*
    4577                 :      * Only one backend is allowed to operate on PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME at a
    4578                 :      * time.  Use AutoFileLock to ensure that.  We must hold the lock while
    4579                 :      * reading the old file contents.
    4580                 :      */
    4581              58 :     LWLockAcquire(AutoFileLock, LW_EXCLUSIVE);
    4582                 : 
    4583                 :     /*
    4584                 :      * If we're going to reset everything, then no need to open or parse the
    4585                 :      * old file.  We'll just write out an empty list.
    4586                 :      */
    4587              58 :     if (!resetall)
    4588                 :     {
    4589                 :         struct stat st;
    4590                 : 
    4591              58 :         if (stat(AutoConfFileName, &st) == 0)
    4592                 :         {
    4593                 :             /* open old file PG_AUTOCONF_FILENAME */
    4594                 :             FILE       *infile;
    4595                 : 
    4596              58 :             infile = AllocateFile(AutoConfFileName, "r");
    4597              58 :             if (infile == NULL)
    4598 UIC           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4599                 :                         (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4600                 :                          errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4601                 :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4602                 : 
    4603                 :             /* parse it */
    4604 GNC          58 :             if (!ParseConfigFp(infile, AutoConfFileName, CONF_FILE_START_DEPTH,
    4605                 :                                LOG, &head, &tail))
    4606 UIC           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4607                 :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_CONFIG_FILE_ERROR),
    4608                 :                          errmsg("could not parse contents of file \"%s\"",
    4609                 :                                 AutoConfFileName)));
    4610                 : 
    4611 GIC          58 :             FreeFile(infile);
    4612                 :         }
    4613                 : 
    4614                 :         /*
    4615                 :          * Now, replace any existing entry with the new value, or add it if
    4616                 :          * not present.
    4617                 :          */
    4618              58 :         replace_auto_config_value(&head, &tail, name, value);
    4619                 :     }
    4620                 : 
    4621                 :     /*
    4622                 :      * Invoke the post-alter hook for setting this GUC variable.  GUCs
    4623                 :      * typically do not have corresponding entries in pg_parameter_acl, so we
    4624                 :      * call the hook using the name rather than a potentially-non-existent
    4625                 :      * OID.  Nonetheless, we pass ParameterAclRelationId so that this call
    4626                 :      * context can be distinguished from others.  (Note that "name" will be
    4627                 :      * NULL in the RESET ALL case.)
    4628                 :      *
    4629                 :      * We do this here rather than at the end, because ALTER SYSTEM is not
    4630                 :      * transactional.  If the hook aborts our transaction, it will be cleaner
    4631                 :      * to do so before we touch any files.
    4632                 :      */
    4633              58 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArgStr(ParameterAclRelationId, name,
    4634                 :                                     ACL_ALTER_SYSTEM,
    4635                 :                                     altersysstmt->setstmt->kind,
    4636                 :                                     false);
    4637                 : 
    4638                 :     /*
    4639                 :      * To ensure crash safety, first write the new file data to a temp file,
    4640                 :      * then atomically rename it into place.
    4641                 :      *
    4642                 :      * If there is a temp file left over due to a previous crash, it's okay to
    4643                 :      * truncate and reuse it.
    4644                 :      */
    4645              58 :     Tmpfd = BasicOpenFile(AutoConfTmpFileName,
    4646                 :                           O_CREAT | O_RDWR | O_TRUNC);
    4647              58 :     if (Tmpfd < 0)
    4648 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4649                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    4650                 :                  errmsg("could not open file \"%s\": %m",
    4651                 :                         AutoConfTmpFileName)));
    4652                 : 
    4653                 :     /*
    4654                 :      * Use a TRY block to clean up the file if we fail.  Since we need a TRY
    4655                 :      * block anyway, OK to use BasicOpenFile rather than OpenTransientFile.
    4656                 :      */
    4657 GIC          58 :     PG_TRY();
    4658                 :     {
    4659                 :         /* Write and sync the new contents to the temporary file */
    4660              58 :         write_auto_conf_file(Tmpfd, AutoConfTmpFileName, head);
    4661                 : 
    4662                 :         /* Close before renaming; may be required on some platforms */
    4663              58 :         close(Tmpfd);
    4664              58 :         Tmpfd = -1;
    4665                 : 
    4666                 :         /*
    4667                 :          * As the rename is atomic operation, if any problem occurs after this
    4668                 :          * at worst it can lose the parameters set by last ALTER SYSTEM
    4669                 :          * command.
    4670                 :          */
    4671              58 :         durable_rename(AutoConfTmpFileName, AutoConfFileName, ERROR);
    4672                 :     }
    4673 UIC           0 :     PG_CATCH();
    4674                 :     {
    4675                 :         /* Close file first, else unlink might fail on some platforms */
    4676               0 :         if (Tmpfd >= 0)
    4677               0 :             close(Tmpfd);
    4678                 : 
    4679                 :         /* Unlink, but ignore any error */
    4680               0 :         (void) unlink(AutoConfTmpFileName);
    4681                 : 
    4682               0 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    4683                 :     }
    4684 GIC          58 :     PG_END_TRY();
    4685                 : 
    4686              58 :     FreeConfigVariables(head);
    4687                 : 
    4688              58 :     LWLockRelease(AutoFileLock);
    4689              58 : }
    4690                 : 
    4691                 : 
    4692                 : /*
    4693                 :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: allocate the
    4694                 :  * new variable's config struct and fill in generic fields.
    4695                 :  */
    4696                 : static struct config_generic *
    4697            9173 : init_custom_variable(const char *name,
    4698                 :                      const char *short_desc,
    4699                 :                      const char *long_desc,
    4700                 :                      GucContext context,
    4701                 :                      int flags,
    4702                 :                      enum config_type type,
    4703                 :                      size_t sz)
    4704                 : {
    4705                 :     struct config_generic *gen;
    4706                 : 
    4707                 :     /*
    4708                 :      * Only allow custom PGC_POSTMASTER variables to be created during shared
    4709                 :      * library preload; any later than that, we can't ensure that the value
    4710                 :      * doesn't change after startup.  This is a fatal elog if it happens; just
    4711                 :      * erroring out isn't safe because we don't know what the calling loadable
    4712                 :      * module might already have hooked into.
    4713                 :      */
    4714            9173 :     if (context == PGC_POSTMASTER &&
    4715               7 :         !process_shared_preload_libraries_in_progress)
    4716 UIC           0 :         elog(FATAL, "cannot create PGC_POSTMASTER variables after startup");
    4717                 : 
    4718                 :     /*
    4719                 :      * We can't support custom GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables, because the wrong
    4720                 :      * things would happen if such a variable were set or pg_dump'd when the
    4721                 :      * defining extension isn't loaded.  Again, treat this as fatal because
    4722                 :      * the loadable module may be partly initialized already.
    4723                 :      */
    4724 GIC        9173 :     if (flags & GUC_LIST_QUOTE)
    4725 UIC           0 :         elog(FATAL, "extensions cannot define GUC_LIST_QUOTE variables");
    4726                 : 
    4727                 :     /*
    4728                 :      * Before pljava commit 398f3b876ed402bdaec8bc804f29e2be95c75139
    4729                 :      * (2015-12-15), two of that module's PGC_USERSET variables facilitated
    4730                 :      * trivial escalation to superuser privileges.  Restrict the variables to
    4731                 :      * protect sites that have yet to upgrade pljava.
    4732                 :      */
    4733 GIC        9173 :     if (context == PGC_USERSET &&
    4734            7120 :         (strcmp(name, "pljava.classpath") == 0 ||
    4735            7120 :          strcmp(name, "pljava.vmoptions") == 0))
    4736 UIC           0 :         context = PGC_SUSET;
    4737                 : 
    4738 GIC        9173 :     gen = (struct config_generic *) guc_malloc(ERROR, sz);
    4739            9173 :     memset(gen, 0, sz);
    4740                 : 
    4741            9173 :     gen->name = guc_strdup(ERROR, name);
    4742            9173 :     gen->context = context;
    4743            9173 :     gen->group = CUSTOM_OPTIONS;
    4744            9173 :     gen->short_desc = short_desc;
    4745            9173 :     gen->long_desc = long_desc;
    4746            9173 :     gen->flags = flags;
    4747            9173 :     gen->vartype = type;
    4748                 : 
    4749            9173 :     return gen;
    4750                 : }
    4751                 : 
    4752                 : /*
    4753                 :  * Common code for DefineCustomXXXVariable subroutines: insert the new
    4754                 :  * variable into the GUC variable hash, replacing any placeholder.
    4755                 :  */
    4756                 : static void
    4757            9173 : define_custom_variable(struct config_generic *variable)
    4758                 : {
    4759            9173 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4760                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    4761                 :     struct config_string *pHolder;
    4762                 : 
    4763                 :     /* Check mapping between initial and default value */
    4764 GNC        9173 :     Assert(check_GUC_init(variable));
    4765                 : 
    4766                 :     /*
    4767                 :      * See if there's a placeholder by the same name.
    4768                 :      */
    4769            9173 :     hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    4770                 :                                           &name,
    4771                 :                                           HASH_FIND,
    4772                 :                                           NULL);
    4773            9173 :     if (hentry == NULL)
    4774                 :     {
    4775                 :         /*
    4776                 :          * No placeholder to replace, so we can just add it ... but first,
    4777                 :          * make sure it's initialized to its default value.
    4778                 :          */
    4779 GIC        9122 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4780            9122 :         add_guc_variable(variable, ERROR);
    4781            9122 :         return;
    4782                 :     }
    4783                 : 
    4784                 :     /*
    4785                 :      * This better be a placeholder
    4786                 :      */
    4787 GNC          51 :     if ((hentry->gucvar->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) == 0)
    4788 UIC           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4789                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    4790                 :                  errmsg("attempt to redefine parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    4791                 : 
    4792 GNC          51 :     Assert(hentry->gucvar->vartype == PGC_STRING);
    4793              51 :     pHolder = (struct config_string *) hentry->gucvar;
    4794                 : 
    4795                 :     /*
    4796                 :      * First, set the variable to its default value.  We must do this even
    4797                 :      * though we intend to immediately apply a new value, since it's possible
    4798                 :      * that the new value is invalid.
    4799                 :      */
    4800 GIC          51 :     InitializeOneGUCOption(variable);
    4801                 : 
    4802                 :     /*
    4803                 :      * Replace the placeholder in the hash table.  We aren't changing the name
    4804                 :      * (at least up to case-folding), so the hash value is unchanged.
    4805                 :      */
    4806 GNC          51 :     hentry->gucname = name;
    4807              51 :     hentry->gucvar = variable;
    4808                 : 
    4809                 :     /*
    4810                 :      * Remove the placeholder from any lists it's in, too.
    4811                 :      */
    4812              51 :     RemoveGUCFromLists(&pHolder->gen);
    4813                 : 
    4814                 :     /*
    4815                 :      * Assign the string value(s) stored in the placeholder to the real
    4816                 :      * variable.  Essentially, we need to duplicate all the active and stacked
    4817                 :      * values, but with appropriate validation and datatype adjustment.
    4818                 :      *
    4819                 :      * If an assignment fails, we report a WARNING and keep going.  We don't
    4820                 :      * want to throw ERROR for bad values, because it'd bollix the add-on
    4821                 :      * module that's presumably halfway through getting loaded.  In such cases
    4822                 :      * the default or previous state will become active instead.
    4823                 :      */
    4824                 : 
    4825                 :     /* First, apply the reset value if any */
    4826 GIC          51 :     if (pHolder->reset_val)
    4827              47 :         (void) set_config_option_ext(name, pHolder->reset_val,
    4828                 :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_scontext,
    4829                 :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_source,
    4830                 :                                      pHolder->gen.reset_srole,
    4831                 :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    4832                 :     /* That should not have resulted in stacking anything */
    4833              51 :     Assert(variable->stack == NULL);
    4834                 : 
    4835                 :     /* Now, apply current and stacked values, in the order they were stacked */
    4836              51 :     reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, pHolder->gen.stack,
    4837              51 :                            *(pHolder->variable),
    4838                 :                            pHolder->gen.scontext, pHolder->gen.source,
    4839                 :                            pHolder->gen.srole);
    4840                 : 
    4841                 :     /* Also copy over any saved source-location information */
    4842              51 :     if (pHolder->gen.sourcefile)
    4843              35 :         set_config_sourcefile(name, pHolder->gen.sourcefile,
    4844                 :                               pHolder->gen.sourceline);
    4845                 : 
    4846                 :     /*
    4847                 :      * Free up as much as we conveniently can of the placeholder structure.
    4848                 :      * (This neglects any stack items, so it's possible for some memory to be
    4849                 :      * leaked.  Since this can only happen once per session per variable, it
    4850                 :      * doesn't seem worth spending much code on.)
    4851                 :      */
    4852              51 :     set_string_field(pHolder, pHolder->variable, NULL);
    4853              51 :     set_string_field(pHolder, &pHolder->reset_val, NULL);
    4854                 : 
    4855 GNC          51 :     guc_free(pHolder);
    4856                 : }
    4857                 : 
    4858                 : /*
    4859                 :  * Recursive subroutine for define_custom_variable: reapply non-reset values
    4860                 :  *
    4861                 :  * We recurse so that the values are applied in the same order as originally.
    4862                 :  * At each recursion level, apply the upper-level value (passed in) in the
    4863                 :  * fashion implied by the stack entry.
    4864                 :  */
    4865                 : static void
    4866 GIC          51 : reapply_stacked_values(struct config_generic *variable,
    4867                 :                        struct config_string *pHolder,
    4868                 :                        GucStack *stack,
    4869                 :                        const char *curvalue,
    4870                 :                        GucContext curscontext, GucSource cursource,
    4871                 :                        Oid cursrole)
    4872                 : {
    4873              51 :     const char *name = variable->name;
    4874              51 :     GucStack   *oldvarstack = variable->stack;
    4875                 : 
    4876              51 :     if (stack != NULL)
    4877                 :     {
    4878                 :         /* First, recurse, so that stack items are processed bottom to top */
    4879 UIC           0 :         reapply_stacked_values(variable, pHolder, stack->prev,
    4880               0 :                                stack->prior.val.stringval,
    4881                 :                                stack->scontext, stack->source, stack->srole);
    4882                 : 
    4883                 :         /* See how to apply the passed-in value */
    4884               0 :         switch (stack->state)
    4885                 :         {
    4886               0 :             case GUC_SAVE:
    4887               0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4888                 :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4889                 :                                              GUC_ACTION_SAVE, true,
    4890                 :                                              WARNING, false);
    4891               0 :                 break;
    4892                 : 
    4893               0 :             case GUC_SET:
    4894               0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4895                 :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4896                 :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    4897                 :                                              WARNING, false);
    4898               0 :                 break;
    4899                 : 
    4900               0 :             case GUC_LOCAL:
    4901               0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4902                 :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4903                 :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    4904                 :                                              WARNING, false);
    4905               0 :                 break;
    4906                 : 
    4907               0 :             case GUC_SET_LOCAL:
    4908                 :                 /* first, apply the masked value as SET */
    4909               0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, stack->masked.val.stringval,
    4910                 :                                              stack->masked_scontext,
    4911                 :                                              PGC_S_SESSION,
    4912                 :                                              stack->masked_srole,
    4913                 :                                              GUC_ACTION_SET, true,
    4914                 :                                              WARNING, false);
    4915                 :                 /* then apply the current value as LOCAL */
    4916               0 :                 (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4917                 :                                              curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4918                 :                                              GUC_ACTION_LOCAL, true,
    4919                 :                                              WARNING, false);
    4920               0 :                 break;
    4921                 :         }
    4922                 : 
    4923                 :         /* If we successfully made a stack entry, adjust its nest level */
    4924               0 :         if (variable->stack != oldvarstack)
    4925               0 :             variable->stack->nest_level = stack->nest_level;
    4926                 :     }
    4927                 :     else
    4928                 :     {
    4929                 :         /*
    4930                 :          * We are at the end of the stack.  If the active/previous value is
    4931                 :          * different from the reset value, it must represent a previously
    4932                 :          * committed session value.  Apply it, and then drop the stack entry
    4933                 :          * that set_config_option will have created under the impression that
    4934                 :          * this is to be just a transactional assignment.  (We leak the stack
    4935                 :          * entry.)
    4936                 :          */
    4937 GIC          51 :         if (curvalue != pHolder->reset_val ||
    4938              47 :             curscontext != pHolder->gen.reset_scontext ||
    4939              47 :             cursource != pHolder->gen.reset_source ||
    4940              47 :             cursrole != pHolder->gen.reset_srole)
    4941                 :         {
    4942               4 :             (void) set_config_option_ext(name, curvalue,
    4943                 :                                          curscontext, cursource, cursrole,
    4944                 :                                          GUC_ACTION_SET, true, WARNING, false);
    4945 GNC           4 :             if (variable->stack != NULL)
    4946                 :             {
    4947               2 :                 slist_delete(&guc_stack_list, &variable->stack_link);
    4948               2 :                 variable->stack = NULL;
    4949                 :             }
    4950                 :         }
    4951                 :     }
    4952 GIC          51 : }
    4953                 : 
    4954                 : /*
    4955                 :  * Functions for extensions to call to define their custom GUC variables.
    4956                 :  */
    4957                 : void
    4958            3677 : DefineCustomBoolVariable(const char *name,
    4959                 :                          const char *short_desc,
    4960                 :                          const char *long_desc,
    4961                 :                          bool *valueAddr,
    4962                 :                          bool bootValue,
    4963                 :                          GucContext context,
    4964                 :                          int flags,
    4965                 :                          GucBoolCheckHook check_hook,
    4966                 :                          GucBoolAssignHook assign_hook,
    4967                 :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    4968                 : {
    4969                 :     struct config_bool *var;
    4970                 : 
    4971                 :     var = (struct config_bool *)
    4972            3677 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    4973                 :                              PGC_BOOL, sizeof(struct config_bool));
    4974            3677 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    4975            3677 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    4976            3677 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    4977            3677 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    4978            3677 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    4979            3677 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    4980            3677 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    4981            3677 : }
    4982                 : 
    4983                 : void
    4984              36 : DefineCustomIntVariable(const char *name,
    4985                 :                         const char *short_desc,
    4986                 :                         const char *long_desc,
    4987                 :                         int *valueAddr,
    4988                 :                         int bootValue,
    4989                 :                         int minValue,
    4990                 :                         int maxValue,
    4991                 :                         GucContext context,
    4992                 :                         int flags,
    4993                 :                         GucIntCheckHook check_hook,
    4994                 :                         GucIntAssignHook assign_hook,
    4995                 :                         GucShowHook show_hook)
    4996                 : {
    4997                 :     struct config_int *var;
    4998                 : 
    4999                 :     var = (struct config_int *)
    5000              36 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5001                 :                              PGC_INT, sizeof(struct config_int));
    5002              36 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5003              36 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5004              36 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5005              36 :     var->min = minValue;
    5006              36 :     var->max = maxValue;
    5007              36 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5008              36 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5009              36 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5010              36 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5011              36 : }
    5012                 : 
    5013                 : void
    5014              21 : DefineCustomRealVariable(const char *name,
    5015                 :                          const char *short_desc,
    5016                 :                          const char *long_desc,
    5017                 :                          double *valueAddr,
    5018                 :                          double bootValue,
    5019                 :                          double minValue,
    5020                 :                          double maxValue,
    5021                 :                          GucContext context,
    5022                 :                          int flags,
    5023                 :                          GucRealCheckHook check_hook,
    5024                 :                          GucRealAssignHook assign_hook,
    5025                 :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5026                 : {
    5027                 :     struct config_real *var;
    5028                 : 
    5029                 :     var = (struct config_real *)
    5030              21 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5031                 :                              PGC_REAL, sizeof(struct config_real));
    5032              21 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5033              21 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5034              21 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5035              21 :     var->min = minValue;
    5036              21 :     var->max = maxValue;
    5037              21 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5038              21 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5039              21 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5040              21 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5041              21 : }
    5042                 : 
    5043                 : void
    5044            3643 : DefineCustomStringVariable(const char *name,
    5045                 :                            const char *short_desc,
    5046                 :                            const char *long_desc,
    5047                 :                            char **valueAddr,
    5048                 :                            const char *bootValue,
    5049                 :                            GucContext context,
    5050                 :                            int flags,
    5051                 :                            GucStringCheckHook check_hook,
    5052                 :                            GucStringAssignHook assign_hook,
    5053                 :                            GucShowHook show_hook)
    5054                 : {
    5055                 :     struct config_string *var;
    5056                 : 
    5057                 :     var = (struct config_string *)
    5058            3643 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5059                 :                              PGC_STRING, sizeof(struct config_string));
    5060            3643 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5061            3643 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5062            3643 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5063            3643 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5064            3643 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5065            3643 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5066            3643 : }
    5067                 : 
    5068                 : void
    5069            1796 : DefineCustomEnumVariable(const char *name,
    5070                 :                          const char *short_desc,
    5071                 :                          const char *long_desc,
    5072                 :                          int *valueAddr,
    5073                 :                          int bootValue,
    5074                 :                          const struct config_enum_entry *options,
    5075                 :                          GucContext context,
    5076                 :                          int flags,
    5077                 :                          GucEnumCheckHook check_hook,
    5078                 :                          GucEnumAssignHook assign_hook,
    5079                 :                          GucShowHook show_hook)
    5080                 : {
    5081                 :     struct config_enum *var;
    5082                 : 
    5083                 :     var = (struct config_enum *)
    5084            1796 :         init_custom_variable(name, short_desc, long_desc, context, flags,
    5085                 :                              PGC_ENUM, sizeof(struct config_enum));
    5086            1796 :     var->variable = valueAddr;
    5087            1796 :     var->boot_val = bootValue;
    5088            1796 :     var->reset_val = bootValue;
    5089            1796 :     var->options = options;
    5090            1796 :     var->check_hook = check_hook;
    5091            1796 :     var->assign_hook = assign_hook;
    5092            1796 :     var->show_hook = show_hook;
    5093            1796 :     define_custom_variable(&var->gen);
    5094            1796 : }
    5095                 : 
    5096                 : /*
    5097                 :  * Mark the given GUC prefix as "reserved".
    5098                 :  *
    5099                 :  * This deletes any existing placeholders matching the prefix,
    5100                 :  * and then prevents new ones from being created.
    5101                 :  * Extensions should call this after they've defined all of their custom
    5102                 :  * GUCs, to help catch misspelled config-file entries.
    5103                 :  */
    5104                 : void
    5105            1842 : MarkGUCPrefixReserved(const char *className)
    5106                 : {
    5107            1842 :     int         classLen = strlen(className);
    5108                 :     HASH_SEQ_STATUS status;
    5109                 :     GUCHashEntry *hentry;
    5110                 :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    5111                 : 
    5112                 :     /*
    5113                 :      * Check for existing placeholders.  We must actually remove invalid
    5114                 :      * placeholders, else future parallel worker startups will fail.  (We
    5115                 :      * don't bother trying to free associated memory, since this shouldn't
    5116                 :      * happen often.)
    5117                 :      */
    5118 GNC        1842 :     hash_seq_init(&status, guc_hashtab);
    5119          691115 :     while ((hentry = (GUCHashEntry *) hash_seq_search(&status)) != NULL)
    5120                 :     {
    5121          689273 :         struct config_generic *var = hentry->gucvar;
    5122                 : 
    5123 GIC      689273 :         if ((var->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER) != 0 &&
    5124              12 :             strncmp(className, var->name, classLen) == 0 &&
    5125               3 :             var->name[classLen] == GUC_QUALIFIER_SEPARATOR)
    5126                 :         {
    5127               3 :             ereport(WARNING,
    5128                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_NAME),
    5129                 :                      errmsg("invalid configuration parameter name \"%s\", removing it",
    5130                 :                             var->name),
    5131                 :                      errdetail("\"%s\" is now a reserved prefix.",
    5132                 :                                className)));
    5133                 :             /* Remove it from the hash table */
    5134 GNC           3 :             hash_search(guc_hashtab,
    5135               3 :                         &var->name,
    5136                 :                         HASH_REMOVE,
    5137                 :                         NULL);
    5138                 :             /* Remove it from any lists it's in, too */
    5139               3 :             RemoveGUCFromLists(var);
    5140                 :         }
    5141                 :     }
    5142                 : 
    5143                 :     /* And remember the name so we can prevent future mistakes. */
    5144            1842 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GUCMemoryContext);
    5145 GIC        1842 :     reserved_class_prefix = lappend(reserved_class_prefix, pstrdup(className));
    5146            1842 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    5147            1842 : }
    5148                 : 
    5149                 : 
    5150                 : /*
    5151                 :  * Return an array of modified GUC options to show in EXPLAIN.
    5152                 :  *
    5153                 :  * We only report options related to query planning (marked with GUC_EXPLAIN),
    5154                 :  * with values different from their built-in defaults.
    5155                 :  */
    5156                 : struct config_generic **
    5157               6 : get_explain_guc_options(int *num)
    5158                 : {
    5159                 :     struct config_generic **result;
    5160                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5161                 : 
    5162               6 :     *num = 0;
    5163                 : 
    5164                 :     /*
    5165                 :      * While only a fraction of all the GUC variables are marked GUC_EXPLAIN,
    5166                 :      * it doesn't seem worth dynamically resizing this array.
    5167                 :      */
    5168 GNC           6 :     result = palloc(sizeof(struct config_generic *) * hash_get_num_entries(guc_hashtab));
    5169                 : 
    5170                 :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5171             326 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5172                 :     {
    5173             320 :         struct config_generic *conf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5174                 :                                                       nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5175                 :         bool        modified;
    5176                 : 
    5177                 :         /* return only parameters marked for inclusion in explain */
    5178 GIC         320 :         if (!(conf->flags & GUC_EXPLAIN))
    5179             308 :             continue;
    5180                 : 
    5181                 :         /* return only options visible to the current user */
    5182 GNC          12 :         if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(conf))
    5183 UIC           0 :             continue;
    5184                 : 
    5185                 :         /* return only options that are different from their boot values */
    5186 GIC          12 :         modified = false;
    5187                 : 
    5188              12 :         switch (conf->vartype)
    5189                 :         {
    5190               6 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    5191                 :                 {
    5192               6 :                     struct config_bool *lconf = (struct config_bool *) conf;
    5193                 : 
    5194               6 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5195                 :                 }
    5196               6 :                 break;
    5197                 : 
    5198 UIC           0 :             case PGC_INT:
    5199                 :                 {
    5200               0 :                     struct config_int *lconf = (struct config_int *) conf;
    5201                 : 
    5202               0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5203                 :                 }
    5204               0 :                 break;
    5205                 : 
    5206               0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    5207                 :                 {
    5208               0 :                     struct config_real *lconf = (struct config_real *) conf;
    5209                 : 
    5210               0 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5211                 :                 }
    5212               0 :                 break;
    5213                 : 
    5214               0 :             case PGC_STRING:
    5215                 :                 {
    5216               0 :                     struct config_string *lconf = (struct config_string *) conf;
    5217                 : 
    5218               0 :                     modified = (strcmp(lconf->boot_val, *(lconf->variable)) != 0);
    5219                 :                 }
    5220               0 :                 break;
    5221                 : 
    5222 GIC           6 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    5223                 :                 {
    5224               6 :                     struct config_enum *lconf = (struct config_enum *) conf;
    5225                 : 
    5226               6 :                     modified = (lconf->boot_val != *(lconf->variable));
    5227                 :                 }
    5228               6 :                 break;
    5229                 : 
    5230 UIC           0 :             default:
    5231               0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected GUC type: %d", conf->vartype);
    5232                 :         }
    5233                 : 
    5234 GIC          12 :         if (!modified)
    5235 UIC           0 :             continue;
    5236                 : 
    5237                 :         /* OK, report it */
    5238 GIC          12 :         result[*num] = conf;
    5239              12 :         *num = *num + 1;
    5240                 :     }
    5241                 : 
    5242               6 :     return result;
    5243                 : }
    5244                 : 
    5245                 : /*
    5246                 :  * Return GUC variable value by name; optionally return canonical form of
    5247                 :  * name.  If the GUC is unset, then throw an error unless missing_ok is true,
    5248                 :  * in which case return NULL.  Return value is palloc'd (but *varname isn't).
    5249                 :  */
    5250                 : char *
    5251            3746 : GetConfigOptionByName(const char *name, const char **varname, bool missing_ok)
    5252                 : {
    5253                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    5254                 : 
    5255            3746 :     record = find_option(name, false, missing_ok, ERROR);
    5256            3728 :     if (record == NULL)
    5257                 :     {
    5258               3 :         if (varname)
    5259 UIC           0 :             *varname = NULL;
    5260 GIC           3 :         return NULL;
    5261                 :     }
    5262                 : 
    5263 GNC        3725 :     if (!ConfigOptionIsVisible(record))
    5264 GIC           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    5265                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    5266                 :                  errmsg("permission denied to examine \"%s\"", name),
    5267                 :                  errdetail("Only roles with privileges of the \"%s\" role may examine this parameter.",
    5268                 :                            "pg_read_all_settings")));
    5269                 : 
    5270            3724 :     if (varname)
    5271            1183 :         *varname = record->name;
    5272                 : 
    5273 GNC        3724 :     return ShowGUCOption(record, true);
    5274                 : }
    5275                 : 
    5276                 : /*
    5277                 :  * ShowGUCOption: get string value of variable
    5278                 :  *
    5279                 :  * We express a numeric value in appropriate units if it has units and
    5280                 :  * use_units is true; else you just get the raw number.
    5281                 :  * The result string is palloc'd.
    5282                 :  */
    5283                 : char *
    5284          592770 : ShowGUCOption(struct config_generic *record, bool use_units)
    5285                 : {
    5286                 :     char        buffer[256];
    5287                 :     const char *val;
    5288                 : 
    5289 GIC      592770 :     switch (record->vartype)
    5290                 :     {
    5291          168040 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5292                 :             {
    5293          168040 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) record;
    5294                 : 
    5295          168040 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5296           10118 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5297                 :                 else
    5298          157922 :                     val = *conf->variable ? "on" : "off";
    5299                 :             }
    5300          168040 :             break;
    5301                 : 
    5302          149624 :         case PGC_INT:
    5303                 :             {
    5304          149624 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) record;
    5305                 : 
    5306          149624 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5307            7910 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5308                 :                 else
    5309                 :                 {
    5310                 :                     /*
    5311                 :                      * Use int64 arithmetic to avoid overflows in units
    5312                 :                      * conversion.
    5313                 :                      */
    5314          141714 :                     int64       result = *conf->variable;
    5315                 :                     const char *unit;
    5316                 : 
    5317          141714 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5318             298 :                         convert_int_from_base_unit(result,
    5319             298 :                                                    record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5320                 :                                                    &result, &unit);
    5321                 :                     else
    5322          141416 :                         unit = "";
    5323                 : 
    5324          141714 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), INT64_FORMAT "%s",
    5325                 :                              result, unit);
    5326          141714 :                     val = buffer;
    5327                 :                 }
    5328                 :             }
    5329          149624 :             break;
    5330                 : 
    5331           26250 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5332                 :             {
    5333           26250 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) record;
    5334                 : 
    5335           26250 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5336 UIC           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5337                 :                 else
    5338                 :                 {
    5339 GIC       26250 :                     double      result = *conf->variable;
    5340                 :                     const char *unit;
    5341                 : 
    5342           26250 :                     if (use_units && result > 0 && (record->flags & GUC_UNIT))
    5343             134 :                         convert_real_from_base_unit(result,
    5344             134 :                                                     record->flags & GUC_UNIT,
    5345                 :                                                     &result, &unit);
    5346                 :                     else
    5347           26116 :                         unit = "";
    5348                 : 
    5349           26250 :                     snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer), "%g%s",
    5350                 :                              result, unit);
    5351           26250 :                     val = buffer;
    5352                 :                 }
    5353                 :             }
    5354           26250 :             break;
    5355                 : 
    5356          194564 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5357                 :             {
    5358          194564 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) record;
    5359                 : 
    5360          194564 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5361           20735 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5362          173829 :                 else if (*conf->variable && **conf->variable)
    5363          138795 :                     val = *conf->variable;
    5364                 :                 else
    5365           35034 :                     val = "";
    5366                 :             }
    5367          194564 :             break;
    5368                 : 
    5369           54292 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5370                 :             {
    5371           54292 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) record;
    5372                 : 
    5373           54292 :                 if (conf->show_hook)
    5374 UIC           0 :                     val = conf->show_hook();
    5375                 :                 else
    5376 GIC       54292 :                     val = config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable);
    5377                 :             }
    5378           54292 :             break;
    5379                 : 
    5380 UIC           0 :         default:
    5381                 :             /* just to keep compiler quiet */
    5382               0 :             val = "???";
    5383               0 :             break;
    5384                 :     }
    5385                 : 
    5386 GIC      592770 :     return pstrdup(val);
    5387                 : }
    5388                 : 
    5389                 : 
    5390                 : #ifdef EXEC_BACKEND
    5391                 : 
    5392                 : /*
    5393                 :  *  These routines dump out all non-default GUC options into a binary
    5394                 :  *  file that is read by all exec'ed backends.  The format is:
    5395                 :  *
    5396                 :  *      variable name, string, null terminated
    5397                 :  *      variable value, string, null terminated
    5398                 :  *      variable sourcefile, string, null terminated (empty if none)
    5399                 :  *      variable sourceline, integer
    5400                 :  *      variable source, integer
    5401                 :  *      variable scontext, integer
    5402                 : *       variable srole, OID
    5403                 :  */
    5404                 : static void
    5405                 : write_one_nondefault_variable(FILE *fp, struct config_generic *gconf)
    5406                 : {
    5407                 :     Assert(gconf->source != PGC_S_DEFAULT);
    5408                 : 
    5409                 :     fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->name);
    5410                 :     fputc(0, fp);
    5411                 : 
    5412                 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5413                 :     {
    5414                 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5415                 :             {
    5416                 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    5417                 : 
    5418                 :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5419                 :                     fprintf(fp, "true");
    5420                 :                 else
    5421                 :                     fprintf(fp, "false");
    5422                 :             }
    5423                 :             break;
    5424                 : 
    5425                 :         case PGC_INT:
    5426                 :             {
    5427                 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5428                 : 
    5429                 :                 fprintf(fp, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5430                 :             }
    5431                 :             break;
    5432                 : 
    5433                 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5434                 :             {
    5435                 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    5436                 : 
    5437                 :                 fprintf(fp, "%.17g", *conf->variable);
    5438                 :             }
    5439                 :             break;
    5440                 : 
    5441                 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5442                 :             {
    5443                 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5444                 : 
    5445                 :                 fprintf(fp, "%s", *conf->variable);
    5446                 :             }
    5447                 :             break;
    5448                 : 
    5449                 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5450                 :             {
    5451                 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5452                 : 
    5453                 :                 fprintf(fp, "%s",
    5454                 :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5455                 :             }
    5456                 :             break;
    5457                 :     }
    5458                 : 
    5459                 :     fputc(0, fp);
    5460                 : 
    5461                 :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5462                 :         fprintf(fp, "%s", gconf->sourcefile);
    5463                 :     fputc(0, fp);
    5464                 : 
    5465                 :     fwrite(&gconf->sourceline, 1, sizeof(gconf->sourceline), fp);
    5466                 :     fwrite(&gconf->source, 1, sizeof(gconf->source), fp);
    5467                 :     fwrite(&gconf->scontext, 1, sizeof(gconf->scontext), fp);
    5468                 :     fwrite(&gconf->srole, 1, sizeof(gconf->srole), fp);
    5469                 : }
    5470                 : 
    5471                 : void
    5472                 : write_nondefault_variables(GucContext context)
    5473                 : {
    5474                 :     int         elevel;
    5475                 :     FILE       *fp;
    5476                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5477                 : 
    5478                 :     Assert(context == PGC_POSTMASTER || context == PGC_SIGHUP);
    5479                 : 
    5480                 :     elevel = (context == PGC_SIGHUP) ? LOG : ERROR;
    5481                 : 
    5482                 :     /*
    5483                 :      * Open file
    5484                 :      */
    5485                 :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, "w");
    5486                 :     if (!fp)
    5487                 :     {
    5488                 :         ereport(elevel,
    5489                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5490                 :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5491                 :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5492                 :         return;
    5493                 :     }
    5494                 : 
    5495                 :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5496                 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5497                 :     {
    5498                 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5499                 :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5500                 : 
    5501                 :         write_one_nondefault_variable(fp, gconf);
    5502                 :     }
    5503                 : 
    5504                 :     if (FreeFile(fp))
    5505                 :     {
    5506                 :         ereport(elevel,
    5507                 :                 (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5508                 :                  errmsg("could not write to file \"%s\": %m",
    5509                 :                         CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW)));
    5510                 :         return;
    5511                 :     }
    5512                 : 
    5513                 :     /*
    5514                 :      * Put new file in place.  This could delay on Win32, but we don't hold
    5515                 :      * any exclusive locks.
    5516                 :      */
    5517                 :     rename(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS_NEW, CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS);
    5518                 : }
    5519                 : 
    5520                 : 
    5521                 : /*
    5522                 :  *  Read string, including null byte from file
    5523                 :  *
    5524                 :  *  Return NULL on EOF and nothing read
    5525                 :  */
    5526                 : static char *
    5527                 : read_string_with_null(FILE *fp)
    5528                 : {
    5529                 :     int         i = 0,
    5530                 :                 ch,
    5531                 :                 maxlen = 256;
    5532                 :     char       *str = NULL;
    5533                 : 
    5534                 :     do
    5535                 :     {
    5536                 :         if ((ch = fgetc(fp)) == EOF)
    5537                 :         {
    5538                 :             if (i == 0)
    5539                 :                 return NULL;
    5540                 :             else
    5541                 :                 elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5542                 :         }
    5543                 :         if (i == 0)
    5544                 :             str = guc_malloc(FATAL, maxlen);
    5545                 :         else if (i == maxlen)
    5546                 :             str = guc_realloc(FATAL, str, maxlen *= 2);
    5547                 :         str[i++] = ch;
    5548                 :     } while (ch != 0);
    5549                 : 
    5550                 :     return str;
    5551                 : }
    5552                 : 
    5553                 : 
    5554                 : /*
    5555                 :  *  This routine loads a previous postmaster dump of its non-default
    5556                 :  *  settings.
    5557                 :  */
    5558                 : void
    5559                 : read_nondefault_variables(void)
    5560                 : {
    5561                 :     FILE       *fp;
    5562                 :     char       *varname,
    5563                 :                *varvalue,
    5564                 :                *varsourcefile;
    5565                 :     int         varsourceline;
    5566                 :     GucSource   varsource;
    5567                 :     GucContext  varscontext;
    5568                 :     Oid         varsrole;
    5569                 : 
    5570                 :     /*
    5571                 :      * Open file
    5572                 :      */
    5573                 :     fp = AllocateFile(CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS, "r");
    5574                 :     if (!fp)
    5575                 :     {
    5576                 :         /* File not found is fine */
    5577                 :         if (errno != ENOENT)
    5578                 :             ereport(FATAL,
    5579                 :                     (errcode_for_file_access(),
    5580                 :                      errmsg("could not read from file \"%s\": %m",
    5581                 :                             CONFIG_EXEC_PARAMS)));
    5582                 :         return;
    5583                 :     }
    5584                 : 
    5585                 :     for (;;)
    5586                 :     {
    5587                 :         if ((varname = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5588                 :             break;
    5589                 : 
    5590                 :         if (find_option(varname, true, false, FATAL) == NULL)
    5591                 :             elog(FATAL, "failed to locate variable \"%s\" in exec config params file", varname);
    5592                 : 
    5593                 :         if ((varvalue = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5594                 :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5595                 :         if ((varsourcefile = read_string_with_null(fp)) == NULL)
    5596                 :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5597                 :         if (fread(&varsourceline, 1, sizeof(varsourceline), fp) != sizeof(varsourceline))
    5598                 :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5599                 :         if (fread(&varsource, 1, sizeof(varsource), fp) != sizeof(varsource))
    5600                 :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5601                 :         if (fread(&varscontext, 1, sizeof(varscontext), fp) != sizeof(varscontext))
    5602                 :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5603                 :         if (fread(&varsrole, 1, sizeof(varsrole), fp) != sizeof(varsrole))
    5604                 :             elog(FATAL, "invalid format of exec config params file");
    5605                 : 
    5606                 :         (void) set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    5607                 :                                      varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    5608                 :                                      GUC_ACTION_SET, true, 0, true);
    5609                 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    5610                 :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    5611                 : 
    5612                 :         guc_free(varname);
    5613                 :         guc_free(varvalue);
    5614                 :         guc_free(varsourcefile);
    5615                 :     }
    5616                 : 
    5617                 :     FreeFile(fp);
    5618                 : }
    5619                 : #endif                          /* EXEC_BACKEND */
    5620                 : 
    5621                 : /*
    5622                 :  * can_skip_gucvar:
    5623                 :  * Decide whether SerializeGUCState can skip sending this GUC variable,
    5624                 :  * or whether RestoreGUCState can skip resetting this GUC to default.
    5625                 :  *
    5626                 :  * It is somewhat magical and fragile that the same test works for both cases.
    5627                 :  * Realize in particular that we are very likely selecting different sets of
    5628                 :  * GUCs on the leader and worker sides!  Be sure you've understood the
    5629                 :  * comments here and in RestoreGUCState thoroughly before changing this.
    5630                 :  */
    5631                 : static bool
    5632          107787 : can_skip_gucvar(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5633                 : {
    5634                 :     /*
    5635                 :      * We can skip GUCs that are guaranteed to have the same values in leaders
    5636                 :      * and workers.  (Note it is critical that the leader and worker have the
    5637                 :      * same idea of which GUCs fall into this category.  It's okay to consider
    5638                 :      * context and name for this purpose, since those are unchanging
    5639                 :      * properties of a GUC.)
    5640                 :      *
    5641                 :      * PGC_POSTMASTER variables always have the same value in every child of a
    5642                 :      * particular postmaster, so the worker will certainly have the right
    5643                 :      * value already.  Likewise, PGC_INTERNAL variables are set by special
    5644                 :      * mechanisms (if indeed they aren't compile-time constants).  So we may
    5645                 :      * always skip these.
    5646                 :      *
    5647                 :      * Role must be handled specially because its current value can be an
    5648                 :      * invalid value (for instance, if someone dropped the role since we set
    5649                 :      * it).  So if we tried to serialize it normally, we might get a failure.
    5650                 :      * We skip it here, and use another mechanism to ensure the worker has the
    5651                 :      * right value.
    5652                 :      *
    5653                 :      * For all other GUCs, we skip if the GUC has its compiled-in default
    5654                 :      * value (i.e., source == PGC_S_DEFAULT).  On the leader side, this means
    5655                 :      * we don't send GUCs that have their default values, which typically
    5656                 :      * saves lots of work.  On the worker side, this means we don't need to
    5657                 :      * reset the GUC to default because it already has that value.  See
    5658                 :      * comments in RestoreGUCState for more info.
    5659                 :      */
    5660          183476 :     return gconf->context == PGC_POSTMASTER ||
    5661          166644 :         gconf->context == PGC_INTERNAL || gconf->source == PGC_S_DEFAULT ||
    5662           58857 :         strcmp(gconf->name, "role") == 0;
    5663                 : }
    5664                 : 
    5665                 : /*
    5666                 :  * estimate_variable_size:
    5667                 :  *      Compute space needed for dumping the given GUC variable.
    5668                 :  *
    5669                 :  * It's OK to overestimate, but not to underestimate.
    5670                 :  */
    5671                 : static Size
    5672           22578 : estimate_variable_size(struct config_generic *gconf)
    5673                 : {
    5674                 :     Size        size;
    5675           22578 :     Size        valsize = 0;
    5676                 : 
    5677                 :     /* Skippable GUCs consume zero space. */
    5678           22578 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5679            9361 :         return 0;
    5680                 : 
    5681                 :     /* Name, plus trailing zero byte. */
    5682           13217 :     size = strlen(gconf->name) + 1;
    5683                 : 
    5684                 :     /* Get the maximum display length of the GUC value. */
    5685           13217 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5686                 :     {
    5687            2834 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5688                 :             {
    5689            2834 :                 valsize = 5;    /* max(strlen('true'), strlen('false')) */
    5690                 :             }
    5691            2834 :             break;
    5692                 : 
    5693            2747 :         case PGC_INT:
    5694                 :             {
    5695            2747 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5696                 : 
    5697                 :                 /*
    5698                 :                  * Instead of getting the exact display length, use max
    5699                 :                  * length.  Also reduce the max length for typical ranges of
    5700                 :                  * small values.  Maximum value is 2147483647, i.e. 10 chars.
    5701                 :                  * Include one byte for sign.
    5702                 :                  */
    5703 GNC        2747 :                 if (abs(*conf->variable) < 1000)
    5704 GIC        2169 :                     valsize = 3 + 1;
    5705                 :                 else
    5706             578 :                     valsize = 10 + 1;
    5707                 :             }
    5708            2747 :             break;
    5709                 : 
    5710             727 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5711                 :             {
    5712                 :                 /*
    5713                 :                  * We are going to print it with %e with REALTYPE_PRECISION
    5714                 :                  * fractional digits.  Account for sign, leading digit,
    5715                 :                  * decimal point, and exponent with up to 3 digits.  E.g.
    5716                 :                  * -3.99329042340000021e+110
    5717                 :                  */
    5718             727 :                 valsize = 1 + 1 + 1 + REALTYPE_PRECISION + 5;
    5719                 :             }
    5720             727 :             break;
    5721                 : 
    5722            5234 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5723                 :             {
    5724            5234 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5725                 : 
    5726                 :                 /*
    5727                 :                  * If the value is NULL, we transmit it as an empty string.
    5728                 :                  * Although this is not physically the same value, GUC
    5729                 :                  * generally treats a NULL the same as empty string.
    5730                 :                  */
    5731            5234 :                 if (*conf->variable)
    5732            5234 :                     valsize = strlen(*conf->variable);
    5733                 :                 else
    5734 UIC           0 :                     valsize = 0;
    5735                 :             }
    5736 GIC        5234 :             break;
    5737                 : 
    5738            1675 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5739                 :             {
    5740            1675 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5741                 : 
    5742            1675 :                 valsize = strlen(config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5743                 :             }
    5744            1675 :             break;
    5745                 :     }
    5746                 : 
    5747                 :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for value */
    5748           13217 :     size = add_size(size, valsize + 1);
    5749                 : 
    5750           13217 :     if (gconf->sourcefile)
    5751            5906 :         size = add_size(size, strlen(gconf->sourcefile));
    5752                 : 
    5753                 :     /* Allow space for terminating zero-byte for sourcefile */
    5754           13217 :     size = add_size(size, 1);
    5755                 : 
    5756                 :     /* Include line whenever file is nonempty. */
    5757           13217 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5758            5906 :         size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5759                 : 
    5760           13217 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->source));
    5761           13217 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5762           13217 :     size = add_size(size, sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5763                 : 
    5764           13217 :     return size;
    5765                 : }
    5766                 : 
    5767                 : /*
    5768                 :  * EstimateGUCStateSpace:
    5769                 :  * Returns the size needed to store the GUC state for the current process
    5770                 :  */
    5771                 : Size
    5772             403 : EstimateGUCStateSpace(void)
    5773                 : {
    5774                 :     Size        size;
    5775                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5776                 : 
    5777                 :     /* Add space reqd for saving the data size of the guc state */
    5778             403 :     size = sizeof(Size);
    5779                 : 
    5780                 :     /*
    5781                 :      * Add up the space needed for each GUC variable.
    5782                 :      *
    5783                 :      * We need only process non-default GUCs.
    5784                 :      */
    5785 GNC       22981 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5786                 :     {
    5787           22578 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5788                 :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5789                 : 
    5790           22578 :         size = add_size(size, estimate_variable_size(gconf));
    5791                 :     }
    5792                 : 
    5793 GIC         403 :     return size;
    5794                 : }
    5795                 : 
    5796                 : /*
    5797                 :  * do_serialize:
    5798                 :  * Copies the formatted string into the destination.  Moves ahead the
    5799                 :  * destination pointer, and decrements the maxbytes by that many bytes. If
    5800                 :  * maxbytes is not sufficient to copy the string, error out.
    5801                 :  */
    5802                 : static void
    5803           39651 : do_serialize(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, const char *fmt,...)
    5804                 : {
    5805                 :     va_list     vargs;
    5806                 :     int         n;
    5807                 : 
    5808           39651 :     if (*maxbytes <= 0)
    5809 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5810                 : 
    5811 GIC       39651 :     va_start(vargs, fmt);
    5812           39651 :     n = vsnprintf(*destptr, *maxbytes, fmt, vargs);
    5813           39651 :     va_end(vargs);
    5814                 : 
    5815           39651 :     if (n < 0)
    5816                 :     {
    5817                 :         /* Shouldn't happen. Better show errno description. */
    5818 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "vsnprintf failed: %m with format string \"%s\"", fmt);
    5819                 :     }
    5820 GIC       39651 :     if (n >= *maxbytes)
    5821                 :     {
    5822                 :         /* This shouldn't happen either, really. */
    5823 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5824                 :     }
    5825                 : 
    5826                 :     /* Shift the destptr ahead of the null terminator */
    5827 GIC       39651 :     *destptr += n + 1;
    5828           39651 :     *maxbytes -= n + 1;
    5829           39651 : }
    5830                 : 
    5831                 : /* Binary copy version of do_serialize() */
    5832                 : static void
    5833           45557 : do_serialize_binary(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes, void *val, Size valsize)
    5834                 : {
    5835           45557 :     if (valsize > *maxbytes)
    5836 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "not enough space to serialize GUC state");
    5837                 : 
    5838 GIC       45557 :     memcpy(*destptr, val, valsize);
    5839           45557 :     *destptr += valsize;
    5840           45557 :     *maxbytes -= valsize;
    5841           45557 : }
    5842                 : 
    5843                 : /*
    5844                 :  * serialize_variable:
    5845                 :  * Dumps name, value and other information of a GUC variable into destptr.
    5846                 :  */
    5847                 : static void
    5848           22578 : serialize_variable(char **destptr, Size *maxbytes,
    5849                 :                    struct config_generic *gconf)
    5850                 : {
    5851                 :     /* Ignore skippable GUCs. */
    5852           22578 :     if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    5853            9361 :         return;
    5854                 : 
    5855           13217 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s", gconf->name);
    5856                 : 
    5857           13217 :     switch (gconf->vartype)
    5858                 :     {
    5859            2834 :         case PGC_BOOL:
    5860                 :             {
    5861            2834 :                 struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    5862                 : 
    5863            2834 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes,
    5864            2834 :                              (*conf->variable ? "true" : "false"));
    5865                 :             }
    5866            2834 :             break;
    5867                 : 
    5868            2747 :         case PGC_INT:
    5869                 :             {
    5870            2747 :                 struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    5871                 : 
    5872            2747 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%d", *conf->variable);
    5873                 :             }
    5874            2747 :             break;
    5875                 : 
    5876             727 :         case PGC_REAL:
    5877                 :             {
    5878             727 :                 struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    5879                 : 
    5880             727 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%.*e",
    5881             727 :                              REALTYPE_PRECISION, *conf->variable);
    5882                 :             }
    5883             727 :             break;
    5884                 : 
    5885            5234 :         case PGC_STRING:
    5886                 :             {
    5887            5234 :                 struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    5888                 : 
    5889                 :                 /* NULL becomes empty string, see estimate_variable_size() */
    5890            5234 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5891            5234 :                              *conf->variable ? *conf->variable : "");
    5892                 :             }
    5893            5234 :             break;
    5894                 : 
    5895            1675 :         case PGC_ENUM:
    5896                 :             {
    5897            1675 :                 struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    5898                 : 
    5899            1675 :                 do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5900            1675 :                              config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *conf->variable));
    5901                 :             }
    5902            1675 :             break;
    5903                 :     }
    5904                 : 
    5905           13217 :     do_serialize(destptr, maxbytes, "%s",
    5906           13217 :                  (gconf->sourcefile ? gconf->sourcefile : ""));
    5907                 : 
    5908           13217 :     if (gconf->sourcefile && gconf->sourcefile[0])
    5909            5906 :         do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->sourceline,
    5910                 :                             sizeof(gconf->sourceline));
    5911                 : 
    5912           13217 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->source,
    5913                 :                         sizeof(gconf->source));
    5914           13217 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->scontext,
    5915                 :                         sizeof(gconf->scontext));
    5916           13217 :     do_serialize_binary(destptr, maxbytes, &gconf->srole,
    5917                 :                         sizeof(gconf->srole));
    5918                 : }
    5919                 : 
    5920                 : /*
    5921                 :  * SerializeGUCState:
    5922                 :  * Dumps the complete GUC state onto the memory location at start_address.
    5923                 :  */
    5924                 : void
    5925             403 : SerializeGUCState(Size maxsize, char *start_address)
    5926                 : {
    5927                 :     char       *curptr;
    5928                 :     Size        actual_size;
    5929                 :     Size        bytes_left;
    5930                 :     dlist_iter  iter;
    5931                 : 
    5932                 :     /* Reserve space for saving the actual size of the guc state */
    5933             403 :     Assert(maxsize > sizeof(actual_size));
    5934             403 :     curptr = start_address + sizeof(actual_size);
    5935             403 :     bytes_left = maxsize - sizeof(actual_size);
    5936                 : 
    5937                 :     /* We need only consider GUCs with source not PGC_S_DEFAULT */
    5938 GNC       22981 :     dlist_foreach(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    5939                 :     {
    5940           22578 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    5941                 :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    5942                 : 
    5943           22578 :         serialize_variable(&curptr, &bytes_left, gconf);
    5944                 :     }
    5945                 : 
    5946                 :     /* Store actual size without assuming alignment of start_address. */
    5947 GIC         403 :     actual_size = maxsize - bytes_left - sizeof(actual_size);
    5948             403 :     memcpy(start_address, &actual_size, sizeof(actual_size));
    5949             403 : }
    5950                 : 
    5951                 : /*
    5952                 :  * read_gucstate:
    5953                 :  * Actually it does not read anything, just returns the srcptr. But it does
    5954                 :  * move the srcptr past the terminating zero byte, so that the caller is ready
    5955                 :  * to read the next string.
    5956                 :  */
    5957                 : static char *
    5958          132621 : read_gucstate(char **srcptr, char *srcend)
    5959                 : {
    5960          132621 :     char       *retptr = *srcptr;
    5961                 :     char       *ptr;
    5962                 : 
    5963          132621 :     if (*srcptr >= srcend)
    5964 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    5965                 : 
    5966                 :     /* The string variables are all null terminated */
    5967 GIC     2982721 :     for (ptr = *srcptr; ptr < srcend && *ptr != '\0'; ptr++)
    5968                 :         ;
    5969                 : 
    5970          132621 :     if (ptr >= srcend)
    5971 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find null terminator in GUC state");
    5972                 : 
    5973                 :     /* Set the new position to the byte following the terminating NUL */
    5974 GIC      132621 :     *srcptr = ptr + 1;
    5975                 : 
    5976          132621 :     return retptr;
    5977                 : }
    5978                 : 
    5979                 : /* Binary read version of read_gucstate(). Copies into dest */
    5980                 : static void
    5981          151655 : read_gucstate_binary(char **srcptr, char *srcend, void *dest, Size size)
    5982                 : {
    5983          151655 :     if (*srcptr + size > srcend)
    5984 UIC           0 :         elog(ERROR, "incomplete GUC state");
    5985                 : 
    5986 GIC      151655 :     memcpy(dest, *srcptr, size);
    5987          151655 :     *srcptr += size;
    5988          151655 : }
    5989                 : 
    5990                 : /*
    5991                 :  * Callback used to add a context message when reporting errors that occur
    5992                 :  * while trying to restore GUCs in parallel workers.
    5993                 :  */
    5994                 : static void
    5995 UIC           0 : guc_restore_error_context_callback(void *arg)
    5996                 : {
    5997               0 :     char      **error_context_name_and_value = (char **) arg;
    5998                 : 
    5999               0 :     if (error_context_name_and_value)
    6000               0 :         errcontext("while setting parameter \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
    6001                 :                    error_context_name_and_value[0],
    6002               0 :                    error_context_name_and_value[1]);
    6003               0 : }
    6004                 : 
    6005                 : /*
    6006                 :  * RestoreGUCState:
    6007                 :  * Reads the GUC state at the specified address and sets this process's
    6008                 :  * GUCs to match.
    6009                 :  *
    6010                 :  * Note that this provides the worker with only a very shallow view of the
    6011                 :  * leader's GUC state: we'll know about the currently active values, but not
    6012                 :  * about stacked or reset values.  That's fine since the worker is just
    6013                 :  * executing one part of a query, within which the active values won't change
    6014                 :  * and the stacked values are invisible.
    6015                 :  */
    6016                 : void
    6017 GIC        1298 : RestoreGUCState(void *gucstate)
    6018                 : {
    6019                 :     char       *varname,
    6020                 :                *varvalue,
    6021                 :                *varsourcefile;
    6022                 :     int         varsourceline;
    6023                 :     GucSource   varsource;
    6024                 :     GucContext  varscontext;
    6025                 :     Oid         varsrole;
    6026            1298 :     char       *srcptr = (char *) gucstate;
    6027                 :     char       *srcend;
    6028                 :     Size        len;
    6029                 :     dlist_mutable_iter iter;
    6030                 :     ErrorContextCallback error_context_callback;
    6031                 : 
    6032                 :     /*
    6033                 :      * First, ensure that all potentially-shippable GUCs are reset to their
    6034                 :      * default values.  We must not touch those GUCs that the leader will
    6035                 :      * never ship, while there is no need to touch those that are shippable
    6036                 :      * but already have their default values.  Thus, this ends up being the
    6037                 :      * same test that SerializeGUCState uses, even though the sets of
    6038                 :      * variables involved may well be different since the leader's set of
    6039                 :      * variables-not-at-default-values can differ from the set that are
    6040                 :      * not-default in this freshly started worker.
    6041                 :      *
    6042                 :      * Once we have set all the potentially-shippable GUCs to default values,
    6043                 :      * restoring the GUCs that the leader sent (because they had non-default
    6044                 :      * values over there) leads us to exactly the set of GUC values that the
    6045                 :      * leader has.  This is true even though the worker may have initially
    6046                 :      * absorbed postgresql.conf settings that the leader hasn't yet seen, or
    6047                 :      * ALTER USER/DATABASE SET settings that were established after the leader
    6048                 :      * started.
    6049                 :      *
    6050                 :      * Note that ensuring all the potential target GUCs are at PGC_S_DEFAULT
    6051                 :      * also ensures that set_config_option won't refuse to set them because of
    6052                 :      * source-priority comparisons.
    6053                 :      */
    6054 GNC       63929 :     dlist_foreach_modify(iter, &guc_nondef_list)
    6055                 :     {
    6056           62631 :         struct config_generic *gconf = dlist_container(struct config_generic,
    6057                 :                                                        nondef_link, iter.cur);
    6058                 : 
    6059                 :         /* Do nothing if non-shippable or if already at PGC_S_DEFAULT. */
    6060 GIC       62631 :         if (can_skip_gucvar(gconf))
    6061           30214 :             continue;
    6062                 : 
    6063                 :         /*
    6064                 :          * We can use InitializeOneGUCOption to reset the GUC to default, but
    6065                 :          * first we must free any existing subsidiary data to avoid leaking
    6066                 :          * memory.  The stack must be empty, but we have to clean up all other
    6067                 :          * fields.  Beware that there might be duplicate value or "extra"
    6068                 :          * pointers.  We also have to be sure to take it out of any lists it's
    6069                 :          * in.
    6070                 :          */
    6071           32417 :         Assert(gconf->stack == NULL);
    6072 GNC       32417 :         guc_free(gconf->extra);
    6073           32417 :         guc_free(gconf->last_reported);
    6074           32417 :         guc_free(gconf->sourcefile);
    6075 GIC       32417 :         switch (gconf->vartype)
    6076                 :         {
    6077            6920 :             case PGC_BOOL:
    6078                 :                 {
    6079            6920 :                     struct config_bool *conf = (struct config_bool *) gconf;
    6080                 : 
    6081            6920 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6082 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6083 GIC        6920 :                     break;
    6084                 :                 }
    6085            6059 :             case PGC_INT:
    6086                 :                 {
    6087            6059 :                     struct config_int *conf = (struct config_int *) gconf;
    6088                 : 
    6089            6059 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6090 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6091 GIC        6059 :                     break;
    6092                 :                 }
    6093 UIC           0 :             case PGC_REAL:
    6094                 :                 {
    6095               0 :                     struct config_real *conf = (struct config_real *) gconf;
    6096                 : 
    6097               0 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6098 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6099 UIC           0 :                     break;
    6100                 :                 }
    6101 GIC       15570 :             case PGC_STRING:
    6102                 :                 {
    6103           15570 :                     struct config_string *conf = (struct config_string *) gconf;
    6104                 : 
    6105 GNC       15570 :                     guc_free(*conf->variable);
    6106 GIC       15570 :                     if (conf->reset_val && conf->reset_val != *conf->variable)
    6107 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_val);
    6108 GIC       15570 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6109 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6110 GIC       15570 :                     break;
    6111                 :                 }
    6112            3868 :             case PGC_ENUM:
    6113                 :                 {
    6114            3868 :                     struct config_enum *conf = (struct config_enum *) gconf;
    6115                 : 
    6116            3868 :                     if (conf->reset_extra && conf->reset_extra != gconf->extra)
    6117 UNC           0 :                         guc_free(conf->reset_extra);
    6118 GIC        3868 :                     break;
    6119                 :                 }
    6120                 :         }
    6121                 :         /* Remove it from any lists it's in. */
    6122 GNC       32417 :         RemoveGUCFromLists(gconf);
    6123                 :         /* Now we can reset the struct to PGS_S_DEFAULT state. */
    6124 GIC       32417 :         InitializeOneGUCOption(gconf);
    6125                 :     }
    6126                 : 
    6127                 :     /* First item is the length of the subsequent data */
    6128            1298 :     memcpy(&len, gucstate, sizeof(len));
    6129                 : 
    6130            1298 :     srcptr += sizeof(len);
    6131            1298 :     srcend = srcptr + len;
    6132                 : 
    6133                 :     /* If the GUC value check fails, we want errors to show useful context. */
    6134            1298 :     error_context_callback.callback = guc_restore_error_context_callback;
    6135            1298 :     error_context_callback.previous = error_context_stack;
    6136            1298 :     error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6137            1298 :     error_context_stack = &error_context_callback;
    6138                 : 
    6139                 :     /* Restore all the listed GUCs. */
    6140           45505 :     while (srcptr < srcend)
    6141                 :     {
    6142                 :         int         result;
    6143                 :         char       *error_context_name_and_value[2];
    6144                 : 
    6145           44207 :         varname = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6146           44207 :         varvalue = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6147           44207 :         varsourcefile = read_gucstate(&srcptr, srcend);
    6148           44207 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6149           19034 :             read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6150                 :                                  &varsourceline, sizeof(varsourceline));
    6151                 :         else
    6152           25173 :             varsourceline = 0;
    6153           44207 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6154                 :                              &varsource, sizeof(varsource));
    6155           44207 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6156                 :                              &varscontext, sizeof(varscontext));
    6157           44207 :         read_gucstate_binary(&srcptr, srcend,
    6158                 :                              &varsrole, sizeof(varsrole));
    6159                 : 
    6160           44207 :         error_context_name_and_value[0] = varname;
    6161           44207 :         error_context_name_and_value[1] = varvalue;
    6162           44207 :         error_context_callback.arg = &error_context_name_and_value[0];
    6163           44207 :         result = set_config_option_ext(varname, varvalue,
    6164                 :                                        varscontext, varsource, varsrole,
    6165                 :                                        GUC_ACTION_SET, true, ERROR, true);
    6166           44207 :         if (result <= 0)
    6167 UIC           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    6168                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INTERNAL_ERROR),
    6169                 :                      errmsg("parameter \"%s\" could not be set", varname)));
    6170 GIC       44207 :         if (varsourcefile[0])
    6171           19034 :             set_config_sourcefile(varname, varsourcefile, varsourceline);
    6172           44207 :         error_context_callback.arg = NULL;
    6173                 :     }
    6174                 : 
    6175            1298 :     error_context_stack = error_context_callback.previous;
    6176            1298 : }
    6177                 : 
    6178                 : /*
    6179                 :  * A little "long argument" simulation, although not quite GNU
    6180                 :  * compliant. Takes a string of the form "some-option=some value" and
    6181                 :  * returns name = "some_option" and value = "some value" in palloc'ed
    6182                 :  * storage. Note that '-' is converted to '_' in the option name. If
    6183                 :  * there is no '=' in the input string then value will be NULL.
    6184                 :  */
    6185                 : void
    6186           25936 : ParseLongOption(const char *string, char **name, char **value)
    6187                 : {
    6188                 :     size_t      equal_pos;
    6189                 :     char       *cp;
    6190                 : 
    6191 GNC       25936 :     Assert(string);
    6192           25936 :     Assert(name);
    6193           25936 :     Assert(value);
    6194                 : 
    6195 GIC       25936 :     equal_pos = strcspn(string, "=");
    6196                 : 
    6197           25936 :     if (string[equal_pos] == '=')
    6198                 :     {
    6199 GNC       25936 :         *name = palloc(equal_pos + 1);
    6200 GIC       25936 :         strlcpy(*name, string, equal_pos + 1);
    6201 GNC       25936 :         *value = pstrdup(&string[equal_pos + 1]);
    6202                 :     }
    6203                 :     else
    6204                 :     {
    6205                 :         /* no equal sign in string */
    6206 UNC           0 :         *name = pstrdup(string);
    6207 UIC           0 :         *value = NULL;
    6208                 :     }
    6209                 : 
    6210 GIC      362912 :     for (cp = *name; *cp; cp++)
    6211          336976 :         if (*cp == '-')
    6212             584 :             *cp = '_';
    6213           25936 : }
    6214                 : 
    6215                 : 
    6216                 : /*
    6217                 :  * Handle options fetched from pg_db_role_setting.setconfig,
    6218                 :  * pg_proc.proconfig, etc.  Caller must specify proper context/source/action.
    6219                 :  *
    6220                 :  * The array parameter must be an array of TEXT (it must not be NULL).
    6221                 :  */
    6222                 : void
    6223 GNC        3066 : ProcessGUCArray(ArrayType *array, ArrayType *usersetArray,
    6224                 :                 GucContext context, GucSource source, GucAction action)
    6225                 : {
    6226                 :     int         i;
    6227                 : 
    6228 GIC        3066 :     Assert(array != NULL);
    6229            3066 :     Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6230            3066 :     Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6231            3066 :     Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6232                 : 
    6233           21229 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6234                 :     {
    6235                 :         Datum       d;
    6236 GNC       18172 :         Datum       userSetDatum = BoolGetDatum(false);
    6237                 :         bool        isnull;
    6238                 :         char       *s;
    6239                 :         char       *name;
    6240                 :         char       *value;
    6241                 : 
    6242 GIC       18172 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6243                 :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6244                 :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6245                 :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6246                 :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6247                 :                       &isnull);
    6248                 : 
    6249           18172 :         if (isnull)
    6250 UIC           0 :             continue;
    6251                 : 
    6252 GIC       18172 :         s = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6253                 : 
    6254           18172 :         ParseLongOption(s, &name, &value);
    6255           18172 :         if (!value)
    6256                 :         {
    6257 UIC           0 :             ereport(WARNING,
    6258                 :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    6259                 :                      errmsg("could not parse setting for parameter \"%s\"",
    6260                 :                             name)));
    6261 UNC           0 :             pfree(name);
    6262 UIC           0 :             continue;
    6263                 :         }
    6264                 : 
    6265 GNC       18172 :         if (usersetArray)
    6266           18116 :             userSetDatum = array_ref(usersetArray, 1, &i,
    6267                 :                                      -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6268                 :                                      sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6269                 :                                      true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6270                 :                                      TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ ,
    6271                 :                                      &isnull);
    6272           18172 :         if (isnull)
    6273 UNC           0 :             userSetDatum = BoolGetDatum(false);
    6274                 : 
    6275                 :         /*
    6276                 :          * USER SET values are appliciable only for PGC_USERSET parameters. We
    6277                 :          * use InvalidOid as role in order to evade possible privileges of the
    6278                 :          * current user.
    6279                 :          */
    6280 GNC       18172 :         if (!DatumGetBool(userSetDatum))
    6281           18167 :             (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6282                 :                                      context, source,
    6283                 :                                      action, true, 0, false);
    6284                 :         else
    6285               5 :             (void) set_config_option_ext(name, value,
    6286                 :                                          PGC_USERSET, source, InvalidOid,
    6287                 :                                          action, true, 0, false);
    6288                 : 
    6289           18163 :         pfree(name);
    6290           18163 :         pfree(value);
    6291 GIC       18163 :         pfree(s);
    6292                 :     }
    6293            3057 : }
    6294                 : 
    6295                 : 
    6296                 : /*
    6297                 :  * Add an entry to an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6298                 :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.
    6299                 :  */
    6300                 : ArrayType *
    6301 GNC         591 : GUCArrayAdd(ArrayType *array, ArrayType **usersetArray,
    6302                 :             const char *name, const char *value, bool user_set)
    6303                 : {
    6304                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    6305                 :     Datum       datum;
    6306                 :     char       *newval;
    6307                 :     ArrayType  *a;
    6308                 : 
    6309 GIC         591 :     Assert(name);
    6310             591 :     Assert(value);
    6311                 : 
    6312                 :     /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6313 GNC         591 :     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, value, user_set, false);
    6314                 : 
    6315                 :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6316 GIC         588 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6317             588 :     if (record)
    6318             588 :         name = record->name;
    6319                 : 
    6320                 :     /* build new item for array */
    6321             588 :     newval = psprintf("%s=%s", name, value);
    6322             588 :     datum = CStringGetTextDatum(newval);
    6323                 : 
    6324             588 :     if (array)
    6325                 :     {
    6326                 :         int         index;
    6327                 :         bool        isnull;
    6328                 :         int         i;
    6329                 : 
    6330             459 :         Assert(ARR_ELEMTYPE(array) == TEXTOID);
    6331             459 :         Assert(ARR_NDIM(array) == 1);
    6332             459 :         Assert(ARR_LBOUND(array)[0] == 1);
    6333                 : 
    6334             459 :         index = ARR_DIMS(array)[0] + 1; /* add after end */
    6335                 : 
    6336            1792 :         for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6337                 :         {
    6338                 :             Datum       d;
    6339                 :             char       *current;
    6340                 : 
    6341            1343 :             d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6342                 :                           -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6343                 :                           -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6344                 :                           false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6345                 :                           TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6346                 :                           &isnull);
    6347            1343 :             if (isnull)
    6348 UIC           0 :                 continue;
    6349 GIC        1343 :             current = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6350                 : 
    6351                 :             /* check for match up through and including '=' */
    6352            1343 :             if (strncmp(current, newval, strlen(name) + 1) == 0)
    6353                 :             {
    6354 GNC          10 :                 bool        currentUserSet = false;
    6355                 : 
    6356              10 :                 if (usersetArray)
    6357                 :                 {
    6358               7 :                     currentUserSet = DatumGetBool(array_ref(*usersetArray, 1, &i,
    6359                 :                                                             -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6360                 :                                                             sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6361                 :                                                             true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6362                 :                                                             TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ ,
    6363                 :                                                             &isnull));
    6364               7 :                     if (isnull)
    6365 UNC           0 :                         currentUserSet = false;
    6366                 :                 }
    6367                 : 
    6368                 :                 /*
    6369                 :                  * Recheck permissons if we found an option without USER SET
    6370                 :                  * flag while we're setting an optionn with USER SET flag.
    6371                 :                  */
    6372 GNC          10 :                 if (!currentUserSet && user_set)
    6373               1 :                     (void) validate_option_array_item(name, value,
    6374                 :                                                       false, false);
    6375 GIC           9 :                 index = i;
    6376               9 :                 break;
    6377                 :             }
    6378                 :         }
    6379                 : 
    6380             458 :         a = array_set(array, 1, &index,
    6381                 :                       datum,
    6382                 :                       false,
    6383                 :                       -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6384                 :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6385                 :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6386                 :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6387                 : 
    6388 GNC         458 :         if (usersetArray)
    6389             439 :             *usersetArray = array_set(*usersetArray, 1, &index,
    6390                 :                                       BoolGetDatum(user_set),
    6391                 :                                       false,
    6392                 :                                       -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6393                 :                                       sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6394                 :                                       true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6395                 :                                       TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ );
    6396                 :     }
    6397                 :     else
    6398                 :     {
    6399             129 :         a = construct_array_builtin(&datum, 1, TEXTOID);
    6400             129 :         if (usersetArray)
    6401                 :         {
    6402             101 :             datum = BoolGetDatum(user_set);
    6403             101 :             *usersetArray = construct_array_builtin(&datum, 1, BOOLOID);
    6404                 :         }
    6405                 :     }
    6406                 : 
    6407 GIC         587 :     return a;
    6408                 : }
    6409                 : 
    6410                 : 
    6411                 : /*
    6412                 :  * Delete an entry from an option array.  The array parameter may be NULL
    6413                 :  * to indicate the current table entry is NULL.  Also, if the return value
    6414                 :  * is NULL then a null should be stored.
    6415                 :  */
    6416                 : ArrayType *
    6417 GNC          11 : GUCArrayDelete(ArrayType *array, ArrayType **usersetArray, const char *name)
    6418                 : {
    6419                 :     struct config_generic *record;
    6420                 :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6421                 :     ArrayType  *newUsersetArray;
    6422                 :     int         i;
    6423                 :     int         index;
    6424                 : 
    6425 GIC          11 :     Assert(name);
    6426                 : 
    6427                 :     /* normalize name (converts obsolete GUC names to modern spellings) */
    6428              11 :     record = find_option(name, false, true, WARNING);
    6429              11 :     if (record)
    6430              11 :         name = record->name;
    6431                 : 
    6432                 :     /* if array is currently null, then surely nothing to delete */
    6433              11 :     if (!array)
    6434 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    6435                 : 
    6436 GIC          11 :     newarray = NULL;
    6437 GNC          11 :     newUsersetArray = NULL;
    6438 GIC          11 :     index = 1;
    6439                 : 
    6440              23 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6441                 :     {
    6442                 :         Datum       d;
    6443 GNC          12 :         Datum       userSetDatum = BoolGetDatum(false);
    6444                 :         char       *val;
    6445                 :         bool        isnull;
    6446                 : 
    6447 GIC          12 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6448                 :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6449                 :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6450                 :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6451                 :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6452                 :                       &isnull);
    6453              12 :         if (isnull)
    6454              11 :             continue;
    6455              12 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6456                 : 
    6457 GNC          12 :         if (usersetArray)
    6458              12 :             userSetDatum = array_ref(*usersetArray, 1, &i,
    6459                 :                                      -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6460                 :                                      sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6461                 :                                      true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6462                 :                                      TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ ,
    6463                 :                                      &isnull);
    6464              12 :         if (isnull)
    6465 UNC           0 :             userSetDatum = BoolGetDatum(false);
    6466                 : 
    6467                 :         /* ignore entry if it's what we want to delete */
    6468 GIC          12 :         if (strncmp(val, name, strlen(name)) == 0
    6469              11 :             && val[strlen(name)] == '=')
    6470                 :         {
    6471                 :             /* test if the option is valid and we're allowed to set it */
    6472 GNC          11 :             (void) validate_option_array_item(name, NULL,
    6473              11 :                                               DatumGetBool(userSetDatum), false);
    6474 GIC          11 :             continue;
    6475                 :         }
    6476                 : 
    6477                 :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6478               1 :         if (newarray)
    6479                 :         {
    6480 UIC           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6481                 :                                  d,
    6482                 :                                  false,
    6483                 :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6484                 :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6485                 :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6486                 :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6487 UNC           0 :             if (usersetArray)
    6488               0 :                 newUsersetArray = array_set(newUsersetArray, 1, &index,
    6489                 :                                             userSetDatum,
    6490                 :                                             false,
    6491                 :                                             -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6492                 :                                             sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6493                 :                                             true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6494                 :                                             TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ );
    6495                 :         }
    6496                 :         else
    6497                 :         {
    6498 GNC           1 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6499               1 :             if (usersetArray)
    6500               1 :                 newUsersetArray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, BOOLOID);
    6501                 :         }
    6502                 : 
    6503 GIC           1 :         index++;
    6504                 :     }
    6505                 : 
    6506 GNC          11 :     if (usersetArray)
    6507              11 :         *usersetArray = newUsersetArray;
    6508                 : 
    6509 GIC          11 :     return newarray;
    6510                 : }
    6511                 : 
    6512                 : 
    6513                 : /*
    6514                 :  * Given a GUC array, delete all settings from it that our permission
    6515                 :  * level allows: if superuser, delete them all; if regular user, only
    6516                 :  * those that are PGC_USERSET or we have permission to set
    6517                 :  */
    6518                 : ArrayType *
    6519 GNC           1 : GUCArrayReset(ArrayType *array, ArrayType **usersetArray)
    6520                 : {
    6521                 :     ArrayType  *newarray;
    6522                 :     ArrayType  *newUsersetArray;
    6523                 :     int         i;
    6524                 :     int         index;
    6525                 : 
    6526                 :     /* if array is currently null, nothing to do */
    6527 GIC           1 :     if (!array)
    6528 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    6529                 : 
    6530                 :     /* if we're superuser, we can delete everything, so just do it */
    6531 GIC           1 :     if (superuser())
    6532 UIC           0 :         return NULL;
    6533                 : 
    6534 GIC           1 :     newarray = NULL;
    6535 GNC           1 :     newUsersetArray = NULL;
    6536 GIC           1 :     index = 1;
    6537                 : 
    6538               3 :     for (i = 1; i <= ARR_DIMS(array)[0]; i++)
    6539                 :     {
    6540                 :         Datum       d;
    6541 GNC           2 :         Datum       userSetDatum = BoolGetDatum(false);
    6542                 :         char       *val;
    6543                 :         char       *eqsgn;
    6544                 :         bool        isnull;
    6545                 : 
    6546 GIC           2 :         d = array_ref(array, 1, &i,
    6547                 :                       -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6548                 :                       -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6549                 :                       false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6550                 :                       TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ ,
    6551                 :                       &isnull);
    6552               2 :         if (isnull)
    6553               1 :             continue;
    6554               2 :         val = TextDatumGetCString(d);
    6555                 : 
    6556 GNC           2 :         if (usersetArray)
    6557               2 :             userSetDatum = array_ref(*usersetArray, 1, &i,
    6558                 :                                      -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6559                 :                                      sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6560                 :                                      true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6561                 :                                      TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ ,
    6562                 :                                      &isnull);
    6563               2 :         if (isnull)
    6564 UNC           0 :             userSetDatum = BoolGetDatum(false);
    6565                 : 
    6566 GIC           2 :         eqsgn = strchr(val, '=');
    6567               2 :         *eqsgn = '\0';
    6568                 : 
    6569                 :         /* skip if we have permission to delete it */
    6570 GNC           2 :         if (validate_option_array_item(val, NULL,
    6571               2 :                                        DatumGetBool(userSetDatum), true))
    6572 GIC           1 :             continue;
    6573                 : 
    6574                 :         /* else add it to the output array */
    6575               1 :         if (newarray)
    6576                 :         {
    6577 UIC           0 :             newarray = array_set(newarray, 1, &index,
    6578                 :                                  d,
    6579                 :                                  false,
    6580                 :                                  -1 /* varlenarray */ ,
    6581                 :                                  -1 /* TEXT's typlen */ ,
    6582                 :                                  false /* TEXT's typbyval */ ,
    6583                 :                                  TYPALIGN_INT /* TEXT's typalign */ );
    6584 UNC           0 :             if (usersetArray)
    6585               0 :                 newUsersetArray = array_set(newUsersetArray, 1, &index,
    6586                 :                                             userSetDatum,
    6587                 :                                             false,
    6588                 :                                             -1 /* varlena array */ ,
    6589                 :                                             sizeof(bool) /* BOOL's typlen */ ,
    6590                 :                                             true /* BOOL's typbyval */ ,
    6591                 :                                             TYPALIGN_CHAR /* BOOL's typalign */ );
    6592                 :         }
    6593                 :         else
    6594                 :         {
    6595 GNC           1 :             newarray = construct_array_builtin(&d, 1, TEXTOID);
    6596               1 :             if (usersetArray)
    6597               1 :                 newUsersetArray = construct_array_builtin(&userSetDatum, 1, BOOLOID);
    6598                 :         }
    6599                 : 
    6600 GIC           1 :         index++;
    6601               1 :         pfree(val);
    6602                 :     }
    6603                 : 
    6604 GNC           1 :     if (usersetArray)
    6605               1 :         *usersetArray = newUsersetArray;
    6606                 : 
    6607 GIC           1 :     return newarray;
    6608                 : }
    6609                 : 
    6610                 : /*
    6611                 :  * Validate a proposed option setting for GUCArrayAdd/Delete/Reset.
    6612                 :  *
    6613                 :  * name is the option name.  value is the proposed value for the Add case,
    6614                 :  * or NULL for the Delete/Reset cases.  user_set indicates this is the USER SET
    6615                 :  * option.  If skipIfNoPermissions is true, it's not an error to have no
    6616                 :  * permissions to set the option.
    6617                 :  *
    6618                 :  * Returns true if OK, false if skipIfNoPermissions is true and user does not
    6619                 :  * have permission to change this option (all other error cases result in an
    6620                 :  * error being thrown).
    6621                 :  */
    6622                 : static bool
    6623 GNC         605 : validate_option_array_item(const char *name, const char *value, bool user_set,
    6624                 :                            bool skipIfNoPermissions)
    6625                 : 
    6626                 : {
    6627                 :     struct config_generic *gconf;
    6628                 : 
    6629                 :     /*
    6630                 :      * There are three cases to consider:
    6631                 :      *
    6632                 :      * name is a known GUC variable.  Check the value normally, check
    6633                 :      * permissions normally (i.e., allow if variable is USERSET, or if it's
    6634                 :      * SUSET and user is superuser or holds ACL_SET permissions).
    6635                 :      *
    6636                 :      * name is not known, but exists or can be created as a placeholder (i.e.,
    6637                 :      * it has a valid custom name).  We allow this case if you're a superuser,
    6638                 :      * otherwise not.  Superusers are assumed to know what they're doing. We
    6639                 :      * can't allow it for other users, because when the placeholder is
    6640                 :      * resolved it might turn out to be a SUSET variable.  (With currently
    6641                 :      * available infrastructure, we can actually handle such cases within the
    6642                 :      * current session --- but once an entry is made in pg_db_role_setting,
    6643                 :      * it's assumed to be fully validated.)
    6644                 :      *
    6645                 :      * name is not known and can't be created as a placeholder.  Throw error,
    6646                 :      * unless skipIfNoPermissions is true, in which case return false.
    6647                 :      */
    6648 GIC         605 :     gconf = find_option(name, true, skipIfNoPermissions, ERROR);
    6649             605 :     if (!gconf)
    6650                 :     {
    6651                 :         /* not known, failed to make a placeholder */
    6652 UIC           0 :         return false;
    6653                 :     }
    6654                 : 
    6655 GIC         605 :     if (gconf->flags & GUC_CUSTOM_PLACEHOLDER)
    6656                 :     {
    6657                 :         /*
    6658                 :          * We cannot do any meaningful check on the value, so only permissions
    6659                 :          * are useful to check.  USER SET options are always allowed.
    6660                 :          */
    6661 GNC           8 :         if (user_set)
    6662               3 :             return true;
    6663 GIC           9 :         if (superuser() ||
    6664               4 :             pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK)
    6665               2 :             return true;
    6666               3 :         if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6667 UIC           0 :             return false;
    6668 GIC           3 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6669                 :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    6670                 :                  errmsg("permission denied to set parameter \"%s\"", name)));
    6671                 :     }
    6672                 : 
    6673                 :     /* manual permissions check so we can avoid an error being thrown */
    6674             597 :     if (gconf->context == PGC_USERSET)
    6675                 :          /* ok */ ;
    6676             186 :     else if (gconf->context == PGC_SUSET &&
    6677              99 :              (superuser() ||
    6678               6 :               pg_parameter_aclcheck(name, GetUserId(), ACL_SET) == ACLCHECK_OK))
    6679                 :          /* ok */ ;
    6680               2 :     else if (skipIfNoPermissions)
    6681               1 :         return false;
    6682                 :     /* if a permissions error should be thrown, let set_config_option do it */
    6683                 : 
    6684                 :     /* test for permissions and valid option value */
    6685             596 :     (void) set_config_option(name, value,
    6686             596 :                              superuser() ? PGC_SUSET : PGC_USERSET,
    6687                 :                              PGC_S_TEST, GUC_ACTION_SET, false, 0, false);
    6688                 : 
    6689             595 :     return true;
    6690                 : }
    6691                 : 
    6692                 : 
    6693                 : /*
    6694                 :  * Called by check_hooks that want to override the normal
    6695                 :  * ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE SQLSTATE for check hook failures.
    6696                 :  *
    6697                 :  * Note that GUC_check_errmsg() etc are just macros that result in a direct
    6698                 :  * assignment to the associated variables.  That is ugly, but forced by the
    6699                 :  * limitations of C's macro mechanisms.
    6700                 :  */
    6701                 : void
    6702              19 : GUC_check_errcode(int sqlerrcode)
    6703                 : {
    6704              19 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = sqlerrcode;
    6705              19 : }
    6706                 : 
    6707                 : 
    6708                 : /*
    6709                 :  * Convenience functions to manage calling a variable's check_hook.
    6710                 :  * These mostly take care of the protocol for letting check hooks supply
    6711                 :  * portions of the error report on failure.
    6712                 :  */
    6713                 : 
    6714                 : static bool
    6715          262151 : call_bool_check_hook(struct config_bool *conf, bool *newval, void **extra,
    6716                 :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6717                 : {
    6718                 :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6719          262151 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6720          235843 :         return true;
    6721                 : 
    6722                 :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6723           26308 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6724           26308 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6725           26308 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6726           26308 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6727                 : 
    6728           26308 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6729                 :     {
    6730              12 :         ereport(elevel,
    6731                 :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6732                 :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6733                 :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6734                 :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6735                 :                         conf->gen.name, (int) *newval),
    6736                 :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6737                 :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6738                 :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6739                 :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6740                 :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6741 UIC           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6742               0 :         return false;
    6743                 :     }
    6744                 : 
    6745 GIC       26296 :     return true;
    6746                 : }
    6747                 : 
    6748                 : static bool
    6749          284475 : call_int_check_hook(struct config_int *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6750                 :                     GucSource source, int elevel)
    6751                 : {
    6752                 :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6753          284475 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6754          250351 :         return true;
    6755                 : 
    6756                 :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6757           34124 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6758           34124 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6759           34124 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6760           34124 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6761                 : 
    6762           34124 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6763                 :     {
    6764 UIC           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6765                 :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6766                 :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6767                 :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6768                 :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %d",
    6769                 :                         conf->gen.name, *newval),
    6770                 :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6771                 :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6772                 :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6773                 :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6774                 :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6775               0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6776               0 :         return false;
    6777                 :     }
    6778                 : 
    6779 GIC       34124 :     return true;
    6780                 : }
    6781                 : 
    6782                 : static bool
    6783           49796 : call_real_check_hook(struct config_real *conf, double *newval, void **extra,
    6784                 :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6785                 : {
    6786                 :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6787           49796 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6788           47939 :         return true;
    6789                 : 
    6790                 :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6791            1857 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6792            1857 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6793            1857 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6794            1857 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6795                 : 
    6796            1857 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6797                 :     {
    6798 UIC           0 :         ereport(elevel,
    6799                 :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6800                 :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6801                 :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6802                 :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": %g",
    6803                 :                         conf->gen.name, *newval),
    6804                 :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6805                 :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6806                 :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6807                 :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6808                 :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6809               0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6810               0 :         return false;
    6811                 :     }
    6812                 : 
    6813 GIC        1857 :     return true;
    6814                 : }
    6815                 : 
    6816                 : static bool
    6817          286421 : call_string_check_hook(struct config_string *conf, char **newval, void **extra,
    6818                 :                        GucSource source, int elevel)
    6819                 : {
    6820          286421 :     volatile bool result = true;
    6821                 : 
    6822                 :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6823          286421 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6824          114694 :         return true;
    6825                 : 
    6826                 :     /*
    6827                 :      * If elevel is ERROR, or if the check_hook itself throws an elog
    6828                 :      * (undesirable, but not always avoidable), make sure we don't leak the
    6829                 :      * already-malloc'd newval string.
    6830                 :      */
    6831          171727 :     PG_TRY();
    6832                 :     {
    6833                 :         /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6834          171727 :         GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6835          171727 :         GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6836          171727 :         GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6837          171727 :         GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6838                 : 
    6839          171727 :         if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6840                 :         {
    6841              18 :             ereport(elevel,
    6842                 :                     (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6843                 :                      GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6844                 :                      errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6845                 :                      errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6846                 :                             conf->gen.name, *newval ? *newval : ""),
    6847                 :                      GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6848                 :                      errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6849                 :                      GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6850                 :                      errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6851                 :             /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6852 UIC           0 :             FlushErrorState();
    6853               0 :             result = false;
    6854                 :         }
    6855                 :     }
    6856 GIC          21 :     PG_CATCH();
    6857                 :     {
    6858 GNC          21 :         guc_free(*newval);
    6859 GIC          21 :         PG_RE_THROW();
    6860                 :     }
    6861          171706 :     PG_END_TRY();
    6862                 : 
    6863          171706 :     return result;
    6864                 : }
    6865                 : 
    6866                 : static bool
    6867          102661 : call_enum_check_hook(struct config_enum *conf, int *newval, void **extra,
    6868                 :                      GucSource source, int elevel)
    6869                 : {
    6870                 :     /* Quick success if no hook */
    6871          102661 :     if (!conf->check_hook)
    6872           91316 :         return true;
    6873                 : 
    6874                 :     /* Reset variables that might be set by hook */
    6875           11345 :     GUC_check_errcode_value = ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE;
    6876           11345 :     GUC_check_errmsg_string = NULL;
    6877           11345 :     GUC_check_errdetail_string = NULL;
    6878           11345 :     GUC_check_errhint_string = NULL;
    6879                 : 
    6880           11345 :     if (!conf->check_hook(newval, extra, source))
    6881                 :     {
    6882               1 :         ereport(elevel,
    6883                 :                 (errcode(GUC_check_errcode_value),
    6884                 :                  GUC_check_errmsg_string ?
    6885                 :                  errmsg_internal("%s", GUC_check_errmsg_string) :
    6886                 :                  errmsg("invalid value for parameter \"%s\": \"%s\"",
    6887                 :                         conf->gen.name,
    6888                 :                         config_enum_lookup_by_value(conf, *newval)),
    6889                 :                  GUC_check_errdetail_string ?
    6890                 :                  errdetail_internal("%s", GUC_check_errdetail_string) : 0,
    6891                 :                  GUC_check_errhint_string ?
    6892                 :                  errhint("%s", GUC_check_errhint_string) : 0));
    6893                 :         /* Flush any strings created in ErrorContext */
    6894 UIC           0 :         FlushErrorState();
    6895               0 :         return false;
    6896                 :     }
    6897                 : 
    6898 GIC       11344 :     return true;
    6899                 : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version v1.16-55-g56c0a2a